Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 232
1 of 232

Summary of Content for Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual PDF

OWNERS MANUAL

Mii

1S L0 12 72 0B F

In gl

s 1

S L0

12 72

0B F

( 08

.1 6)

M ii

I ng

l s

( 08

.1 6)

SEAT recommends SEAT GENUINE OIL

SEAT recommends Castrol EDGE Professional

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.

All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.

Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.

SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the Copyright Act.

All rights on changes are reserved.

This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16

About this manual

This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the vehicle at the time this manual was published. Some of the units described herein will not be available until a later date or are only available in cer- tain markets.

Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modied depending on the techni- cal requirements and on the market; this is in no way deceptive advertising.

The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the equipment tted in your vehicle in some details.

The steering indications (left, right, forward, reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- cept when otherwise indicated.

The equipment marked with an aster- isk* is tted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- tional extras for some versions, or are only offered in certain countries.

All registered marks are indicated with . Although the copyright symbol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.

>> The section is continued on the follow- ing page.

Important warnings on a given page

Detailed contents on a given page

General information on a given page

Emergency information on a given page

WARNING

Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- mation on safety. They warn you about possi- ble dangers of accident or injury.

CAUTION

Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle.

For the sake of the environment

Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- vant information concerning environmental protection.

Note

Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio- nal information.

This manual is divided into six large parts, which are:

1. The essentials

2. Safety

3. Emergencies

4. Operation

5. Tips

6. Technical data

At the end of this manual, there is a detailed alphabetical index that will help you quickly nd the information you require.

Foreword This Instruction Manual and its correspond- ing supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself with your vehicle.

Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help pre- serve its value.

For safety reasons, always note the informa- tion concerning accessories, modifications and part replacements.

If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the vehicle.

You can access the information in this man- ual using:

Thematic table of contents that follows the manuals general chapter structure.

Visual table of contents that uses graphics to indicate the pages containing essential

information, which is detailed in the corre- sponding chapters.

Alphabetical index with many terms and synonyms to help you find information.

WARNING

Read and always observe safety informa- tion concerning the passenger's front air- bag page 65, Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents The essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Interior view (left guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Gearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Fluid Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Action in the event of a puncture . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 42 How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Safety first! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Correct position of the vehicle occupants . . . . 48 Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Why wear a seat belt? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 How to properly adjust your seatbelt . . . . . . . . 56 Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Brief introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Airbag safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Deactivating airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Transporting children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Safety for children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Self-help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Changing the windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 75 Tow-starting and towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . 77 Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 General instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . 94 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 102

Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys- tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Seats and head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Adjusting the seat and head restraints . . . . . . 112 Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Transport and practical equipment . . . . . . . . . 114 Transporting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Heating, ventilation and cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Braking and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Run-in and economical driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Engine management and exhaust gas purifica- tion system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . . 153 Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . 156 Hill driving assistant* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Start-Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Towing bracket device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

3

Table of Contents

Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Accessories, replacement of parts and modifi- cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . 170 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . 176 Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

4

The essentials

Exterior view

1 page 31 2 page 8 3 page 42

4 page 10 5 page 9 6 page 31

7 page 11 8 page 35

5

The essentials

Exterior view

1 page 31 2 page 33 3 page 33

4 page 34 5 page 31 6 page 32

7 page 33 8 page 36 9 page 35

6

The essentials

Interior view (left guide)

1 page 13 2 page 21 3 page 21 4 page 24

5 page 24 6 page 22 7 page 22 8 page 21

9 page 8 10 page 15 11 page 20 12 page 27

13 page 26 14 page 11 15 page 34 16 page 10

17 page 14 18 page 12

7

The essentials

How it works

Unlocking and locking

Doors

Fig. 1 Remote control key: buttons.

Fig. 2 In the driver door: central locking but- ton

Locking and unlocking the vehicle using the key

Locking: press the Fig. 1 button.

Unlocking: press the Fig. 1 button.

Unlocking the rear lid: hold down the Fig. 1 button for at least 1 second.

Locking and unlocking with the central lock- ing switch

Locking: press the Fig. 2 button. None of the doors can be opened from the outside. The doors can be opened from the inside by pulling the inside door handle.

Unlocking: press the Fig. 2 button.

in Introduction on page 94

page 94

page 9

Locking and unlocking the driver door manually

Fig. 3 Driver door release lever with lock cyl- inder.

As a general rule, when the driver door is locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking manually only opens the driver door.

Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 92.

Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle Fig. 3.

8

The essentials

Locking the passenger door manually

Fig. 4 To the front of the passenger side door: Emergency lock, hidden by a rubber cap.

Fig. 5 Emergency locking of the vehicle using the vehicle key

The passenger door can be manually locked.

Open the door.

Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock symbol Fig. 4.

Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 92.

Insert the key shaft horizontally into the opening and moved the coloured lever for- ward Fig. 5.

Replace the rubber cap and close the door.

Check if the door is locked.

Have the vehicle checked by a specialised workshop.

Note

The doors can be opened and unlocked indi- vidually from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door release lever twice page 94.

Rear lid

Fig. 6 Rear lid open: hand grip

Opening

Press the button on the vehicle key Fig. 1 for about one second to unlock the boot hatch.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- clockwise direction page 94.

Closing

Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid Fig. 6 (arrow).

Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.

Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.

in Introduction on page 99

page 99

page 10

9

The essentials

Emergency unlocking the boot hatch

Fig. 7 From the luggage compartment: Emer- gency unlocking of the booth hatch.

If necessary, fold the rear seat bench back- rest forward page 12.

Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid.

Unfold the key shaft page 92.

Insert the key shaft into the rear lid open- ing Fig. 7 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.

Bonnet

Fig. 8 A: Release lever in the footwell on the driver side B: Release lever on the bonnet

Fig. 9 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing rod

Opening the bonnet

Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms are in place against the windscreen in Working in the engine compartment on page 188.

10

The essentials

Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of the arrow Fig. 8 A. The bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism in Working in the engine compartment on page 188.

Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever 2 B in the direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet.

Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position

4 D (arrow).

Closing the bonnet

Slightly lift the bonnet in Working in the engine compartment on page 188.

Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch 4 D and insert it into its clip

3 C in the opening catch.

Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pressure!

If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correctly.

The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush with the corresponding parts on the body- work.

in Working in the engine compart- ment on page 186

page 186

Electric windows*

Fig. 10 In the driver door: buttons for the front electric windows

Opening the window: Press the button.

Closing the window: Pull the button.

Window on the front left door

Window on the front right door

in Opening and closing the electric windows on page 101

1

2

Panoramic sunroof*

Fig. 11 In the interior roof: turn the knob to open and close

Fig. 12 In the interior roof: press or pull the knob to raise the sunroof and close it.

To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position 1 .

Opening: Turn the switch to position Fig. 11 3 .

11

The essentials

Convenience position: Turn the switch to position Fig. 11 2 .

Closing: Turn the switch to position Fig. 11 1 .

To tilt open: Push the switch to position Fig. 12 4 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the de- sired position.

Lowering: Pull the switch to position Fig. 12 5 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the de- sired position.

in Opening and closing the panor- amic sunroof on page 102

page 102

Before driving

Manually adjusting the seats

Fig. 13 Front left seat controls

The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.

Forward/back: pull the lever and move the seat forwards. The front seat must be engaged when the lever is released!

Raising/lowering: pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home position.

Tilting the backrest: pull the lever and adjust the backrest seat angle until you reach the desired position. The seat back- rest must be engaged.

Folding/Raising (Easy Entry only in 3- door vehicles): to fold, pull the lever and at the same time move the seat forward.

1

2

3

3

To raise it, move the seat back until the catch engages. Pull the lever and tilt open the backrest. The backrest must en- gage in the upright position.

in Manual front seat adjustment on page 112

12

The essentials

Adjust the seat belt

Fig. 14 Positioning and removing the seat belt buckle.

Fig. 15 Correct seat belt and head restraint positions, viewed from front and the side.

To adjust the seat belt around your should- ers, adjust the height of the seats.

The shoulder part of the seat belt should be well centred over it, never over the neck. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the upper part of the body.

The lap part of the seat belt lies across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pel- vis.

in Introduction on page 52

page 56

Seat belt tensioners

During a frontal collision, the seat belts on the front seats retract automatically.

The tensioner can be triggered only once.

in Service and disposal of belt ten- sion devices on page 58

page 58

Adjusting the exterior mirrors

Fig. 16 In the driver door: rotary control for the exterior electric mirrors

Adjusting the exterior mirrors: Turn the knob to the corresponding position:

Turning the knob to the desired posi- tion, adjust the mirrors on the driver

L/R

13

The essentials

side (L, left) and the passenger side (R, right) to the direction desired.

Depending on the equipment fitted on the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated according to the outside temperature.

in Exterior mirrors on page 111

page 111

Adjusting the steering wheel

Fig. 17 Mechanical steering wheel adjust- ment

Push the lever Fig. 17 1 downwards.

Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and

3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly bent.

Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flush to the steering column in Adjust- ing the steering wheel position on page 49.

in Adjusting the steering wheel po- sition on page 49

page 49

Airbags

Front airbags

Fig. 18 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the driver.

14

The essentials

Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the passenger.

In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the driver and the front passenger additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a severe frontal col- lision. Always remain as far away as possible from the front airbag page 48. This way, in the event of an accident, the front air-

bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid- ing maximum protection.

The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel Fig. 18 and the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the word AIRBAG.

When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red Fig. 18 and Fig. 19 (radius of action). Therefore, ob- jects should never be placed or mounted in these areas in Front airbags on page 62, Factory-fitted accessories are out- side the range of the front airbag for the driv- er and the front passenger, e.g. the base- plate for the mobile phone support.

The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel Fig. 18 and the dash panel Fig. 19 when the driver and front passen- ger airbags, respectively, are triggered.

in Front airbags on page 62

Disabling the front passenger front airbag

Fig. 20 On front passenger side: Key switch for enabling and disabling the front passen- ger front airbag.

The front passenger front airbag must be dis- abled when a rear-facing child seat is moun- ted.

Disabling the front passenger front airbag

Switch the ignition off.

Open the door on the front passenger side.

Unfold the vehicle key blade page 92.

Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF Fig. 20.

Close the door on the front passenger side.

The control lamp on the dash panel will remain lit while the igni- tion is switched on page 63.

15

The essentials

in Manual disabling and enabling of the front passenger front airbag with the key switch on page 64

page 63

Side airbags

Fig. 21 On the side of the front seat: location of the side airbag

Fig. 22 On the left side of the vehicle: deploy- ment area of side airbag

The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger seat backrests Fig. 21. Their position is in- dicated by the word AIRBAG. The area marked in red Fig. 22 indicates the side airbag deployment zone.

In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle affected Fig. 22, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.

in Side airbags* on page 62

Child seats

Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag

Fig. 23 Passenger's side sun visor: airbag sticker.

Fig. 24 On the rear frame of the passenger side door: airbag sticker.

16

The essentials

A sticker with important information about the passenger airbag is located on the pas-

senger's sun visor and/or on the passenger side door frame.

in Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag on page 65

page 64

Mounting systems

Fig. 25 On the rear seats: Possible installations for the child seat.

Always secure child seats properly and safely in the vehicle according to the child seat manufacturer's installation instructions.

Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock more than 2.5 cm.

Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap must also be secured using the Top Tether re-

taining strap in the vehicle page 19. At- tach the retaining strap to the corresponding retaining rings only. Not all rings can be used with the Top Tether system. Always tighten the Top Tether retaining strap so that the child seat fits snugly against the correspond- ing seat in the vehicle.

Specific mounting systems for each country

Attachment variants Fig. 25:

Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper retaining strap page 18 and page 19.

Three-point seat belt and upper retaining strap page 18.

A

B

17

The essentials

The systems include the child restraint sys- tem mounting with an upper retaining strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on the seat.

Securing child seats with the seat belt

The seat belt may be used to secure child seats with the universal marking (on the or- ange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table below.

Category Front passen-

gera) Rear seats

Group 0 Up to 10 kg

u u

Category 0+ Up to 13 kg

u u

Group 1 9 to 18 kg

u u

Group 2 15 to 25 kg

u u

Group 3 22 to 36 kg

u u

a) Compliance with current national legislation and the manu- facturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats.

Securing the child seat using the seat belt

Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.

Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as possible and, in the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the upright position page 48.

Positioning the child seat on the seat ac- cording to the manufacturer's instructions.

Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the child seat structure in the manner described in the manufacturer's instructions.

Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.

Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click.

Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly on the child seat.

Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible to pull the lower belt webbing out).

Removing the child seat

The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill.

Press the red button on the buckle. The latch plate is released from the buckle.

Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged.

Remove the child seat from the vehicle.

in Safety instructions on page 66

Setting up a child seat with the ISO- FIX system

Fig. 26 On the vehicle seat: identification var- iants of the anchor points for the child seats

Each seat of the rear seat bench has two re- tainers named lower anchor points.

Synoptic display for the ISOFIX system in- stallation

Installation options of the ISOFIX or i-Size child seats on the ISOFIX anchor points of the various vehicle seats.

18

The essentials

Age group Class

based on size

Front pas- senger

seat

Places for rear seat

Group 0: up to 10 kg

E X IL-SU

Group 0+: up to 13 kg

E X

IL-SUD X

C X

Group 1: from 9 to 18 kg

D X

IL-SU IUF

C X

B X

B1 X

A X

Group 2: from 15 to 25 kg

X IL-SU

Group 3: from 22 to 36 kg

X IL-SU

i-Size child restraint system

X X

Class based on size: indication of the class based on the size corresponds to the author- ized body weight for child seats. The class based on the size is indicated on child seats with universal or semi-universal certification

on the ECE certification label. Indication of the class based on size appears on the corre- sponding child seat.

X: seat not suitable for installation of an ISOFIX or i-Size child seat from this group.

IL-SU: suitable seat for installation of an ISOFIX child seat with a semi-universal certifi- cate. Please note the list of vehicles from the child seat manufacturer.

IUF: suitable seat for installation of an ISO- FIX child seat with a universal certificate.

Child seats with rigid mounting

For the installation of a child seat with rigid mounting auxiliary introduction elements can be used. These elements facilitate fitting and protect the upholstery. They form part of the supply volume of the child seat or can be ac- quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, these elements are inserted in both anchor points of the vehicle in Safety instruc- tions on page 66.

Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat in Safety instructions on page 66.

Press the child seat onto the retaining rings Fig. 26 in the direction of the arrow. The child seat must be safely engaged and click audibly into place.

Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- sure that it is secure.

Child seat with adjustable retaining straps

Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat in Safety instructions on page 66.

Place the child seat on the seat cushion and attach the retaining strap hooks to the retaining rings Fig. 26.

Tighten the straps evenly using the corre- sponding adjustment device. The child seat must sit flush against the vehicle seat.

Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- sure that it is secure.

in Safety instructions on page 66

Securing a child seat with the Top Tether retaining strap

Fig. 27 Example of an upper retaining strap connected.

19

The essentials

Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat in Safety instructions on page 66.

Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently forward page 12.

Remove the head restraints situated be- hind the child seat and store them safely in the vehicle page 48.

Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the luggage compartment, feeding it through the seat backrest and the rear shelf.

Fold back the seat backrest and push it firmly into the lock.

Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points page 18

Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug- gage compartment, to the corresponding re- taining ring Fig. 27.

Tighten the strap so that the top of the child seat rests on the seat backrest.

in Safety instructions on page 66

Starting the vehicle

Ignition lock

Fig. 28 Ignition key positions.

Switch ignition on: Place the key in the igni- tion and start the engine.

Locking and unlocking the steering wheel

Engaging the steering wheel lock: Remove the key from the ignition and turn the wheel until it locks. In vehicles with an automatic gearbox, the gear lever must be in N position in order to remove the key. If necessary, press the locking key on the selector lever and release it again.

Unlocking the steering wheel: Put the key into the ignition and turn it at the same time as the steering wheel in the direction indica- ted by the arrow. If it is not possible to turn the steering wheel, it may be because it is locked.

Turning on/switching off the ignition, glow plugs reheating

Switch ignition on: Turn the key to the 2

position.

Switch ignition off. Turn the key to the 1

position.

Diesel vehicles : The glow plugs reheat when the ignition is switched on

Starting the engine

Manual gearbox: press the clutch pedal all the way down and move the gearbox lever in- to neutral.

Automatic gearbox: step on the brake ped- al and put the selector lever in N.

Turn the key to the 3 position. The key au- tomatically returns to the 2 position. Do not press the accelerator.

Start-Stop System*

When you stop and release the clutch pedal, the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine. The ignition remains switched on.

in Switching on the ignition and starting the engine on page 135

page 135

20

The essentials

Lights and visibility

Light switch

Fig. 29 Dash panel: light control.

Turn the switch to the required position Fig. 29.

Sym- bol

Ignition switched off

Ignition is switched on

Fog lights, dipped beam and side lights off.

Light off or daytime driving light on.

The Coming Home and Leaving Home guide lights may be switched on.

Automatic control of dipped beam and daytime running light.

Side light on.

Dipped beam head- light off

Dipped beam switched on.

Front fog lights: move the switch to the first position, from positions , or .

Rear fog light: move the switch completely from positions , or .

Switching off fog lights: Push the switch or turn it to the position.

in Switching lights on and off on page 104

page 103

Turn signal and main beam lever

Fig. 30 Turn signal and main beam lever in their initial position

More the lever to the required position:

Right turn signal: Right-hand parking light (ignition switched off).

1

Left turn signal: Left-hand parking light (ignition switched off).

Main beam switched on: Control lamp lit up on the instrument panel.

Headlight flasher: lit up when the lever is pushed. Control lamp lit up.

Lever all the way down to switch it off.

in Turn signal and main beam lever on page 105

page 105

Hazard warning lights

Fig. 31 Dash panel: switch for hazard warn- ing lights.

Switched on, for example:

When approaching a traffic jam

2

3

4

21

The essentials

In an emergency

The vehicle has broken down

When towing or being towed

in Hazard warning lights on page 106

page 106

Interior lights

Side lights: Function

Switching off the reading light.

Switching on the reading light.

Switches door contact control on (central po- sition). The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is opened or the key is removed from the igni- tion. The light goes off a few seconds after all the doors are closed, the vehicle is locked or the ignition is switched on.

Note

The reading lights go out when the vehicle is locked, or a few minutes after the key is re- moved from the ignition. This prevents the vehicle's battery from discharging.

Windscreen wipers and window wiper blade

Fig. 32 Operating the windscreen wiper and rear wiper

More the lever to the required position:

0 Windscreen wiper off.

1 Windscreen interval wipe.

2 Slow wipe.

3 Continuous wipe.

4 Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever down for more time to increase the wipe frequency.

5 Automatic wipe for cleaning wind- screens with the lever up.

6 Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper will wipe the window approximately ev- ery six seconds.

More the lever to the required position:

7 Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win- dows with the lever pressed.

page 108

page 45

SEAT information system

Introduction

With the ignition switched on it is possible to access different messages via the display on the instrument panel display.

The number of messages displayed on the in- strument panel display will vary according to the vehicle electronics and equipment.

A specialised workshop will be able to pro- gramme or modify additional functions, ac- cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec- ommends taking your car in for technical service.

WARNING

Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.

22

The essentials

Do not consult the messages on the instru- ment panel screen when driving.

Management of indications on the display

Fig. 33 Windscreen wiper lever: control but- tons.

Calling up options

Switch the ignition on.

If a message or vehicle symbol is dis- played, press OK/RESET ( Fig. 33 A ).

Press the top or bottom part of the rocker switch Fig. 33 B until the desired option appears.

Multifunction display (MFI)

The multifunction display (MFD) has two au- tomatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown in the lower right-hand corner of the display.

With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK to change from one memory to another.

1 Trip memo- ry (for a single jour- ney).

The memory stores the values for the journey and the consumption from the moment the ignition is switched on until it is switched off again. If the journey is broken for more than 2 hours, the memory is automatically erased. If the journey is continued in less than 2 hours after the ignition is switched off, the new data is added to the data already stored in the memo- ry.

2 Total mem- ory (for all journeys).

The memory stores the values of any number of journeys, until it counts a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of driving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv- ing, depending on the type of instru- ment panel fitted. On reaching either of these limits, the memory is auto- matically erased and starts to count from 0 again.

Possible displays

Menu Function

Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes (min).

Travelling time

This indicates the hours (h) and mi- nutes (min) since the ignition was switched on.

Current fuel con- sumption

The current fuel consumption display operates throughout the journey, in l/100 km; with the engine running and the vehicle stopped, in l/hour.

Average fuel con- sumption

After turning on the ignition, average fuel consumption in litres/100 km will be displayed after travelling about 100 metres. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 sec- onds.

Operating range

Approximate distance in km that can still be travelled with the fuel remain- ing in the tank, assuming the same style of driving is maintained. This is calculated using the current fuel con- sumption.

Distance covered

Distance travelled, after ignition is switched on, in km.

Average speed

The average speed will be shown after a distance of about 100 metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 sec- onds.

23

The essentials

Menu Function

Digital display of speed

Current speed displayed digitally.

Liquid coolant temperature digital display

Digital display of the current tempera- ture of the engine liquid coolant.

Warning at --- km/h

If the stored speed is exceeded (be- tween 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 - 155 mph), an audible warning is giv- en together with a visual warning.

Changing between display modes

Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever.

Storing a speed for the speed warning

Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.

Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and switch off the warning.

In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen wiper lever or or buttons on the multi- function steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OK again or wait a few seconds. The speed is stored and the warning activated.

To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is deleted.

Manually erasing memory 1 or 2

Select the memory to be erased.

Press and hold the eject button OK for ap- proximately 2 seconds.

Cruise control

Operating the cruise control system (CCS)*

Fig. 34 Switches and controls for operating the CCS

Switching on the CCS: Move switch Fig. 34 1 to . The system is on. If no speed has been programmed, the system will not control it.

Activating the CCS: Press button Fig. 34 2 in the area. The current speed is

memorised and controlled.

Temporarily switching off the CCS: Move switch Fig. 34 1 to or push the brake. The cruise control system is switched off temporarily.

Reactivating the CCS: Press button Fig. 34 2 in . The memorised speed is saved and controlled again.

Increasing stored speed during CCS regula- tion: press button 2 in . The vehicle ac- celerates until the new stored speed.

Reducing stored speed during CCS regula- tion: press button 2 in to lower the speed by 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduced until reaching the new stored speed.

Switching off the CCS: Move switch Fig. 34 1 to . The system is disconnec- ted and the memorised speed is deleted.

in Cruise control operation on page 156

page 155

Warning lamps

On the instrument panel

The control and warning lamps are indicators of warnings, , faults or certain func- tions. Some control and warning lamps come on when the ignition is switched on, and

24

The essentials

switch off when the engine starts running, or while driving.

When certain control and warning lamps are lit, an audible warning is also heard.

Handbrake applied.

page 137

Do not continue driving! The brake fluid level is too low or there is a fault in the brake system.

it lights up: Do not continue driving! The liquid coolant level is too low, the engine liquid coolant tempera- ture is too high or there is a fault in the liquid coolant system.

page 191

flashes: engine coolant system faulty.

page 191

Do not continue driving! Engine oil pressure too low.

page 188

lights up or flashes: Do not con- tinue driving! Fault in the steering.

page 133

On the instrument panel: driver or passenger has not fastened seat belt.

page 52

Faulty generator. page 196

Vehicles with the Start-Stop sys- tem: it is necessary to start the en- gine manually.

page 161

it lights up: ESC* faulty or switched off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY: flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.

page 137

it lights up: Traction Control* faulty or switched off by the system. AL- TERNATIVELY: flashes: Traction Control* regulator operating.

ABS faulty or does not work.

Rear fog light switched on. page 103

lights up or flashes: fault in the emission control system. page

151 Fault in engine management.

lights up or flashes: fault in the steering system.

page 133

Fuel tank almost empty. page 182

The natural gas tank is almost empty.

page 182

Fault in airbag system and seat belt tensioners.

page 59

Tyre pressure* too low page 205

Left or right turn signal.

page 103

Hazard warning lights on. page 70

Cruise control operating. page 155

Main beam on or flasher on. page 103

The natural gas engine coolant temperature is too low.

page 192

Lamps on the instrument panel display

A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt.

page 52

A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened their seat belt.

page 52

flashes quickly: the City Safety Assist system function* brakes automatically or has braked au- tomatically. Or: flashes slowly: City Safety As- sist function is not currently available.

page 156

The City Safety Assist* function has been connected manually. It switches off after 5 seconds.

page 156

flashes: The City Safety Assist* function has been manually disconnected.

page 156

after the ignition is switched on: indication that the end of the period for an inspection to be performed is approaching.

page 88

25

The essentials

it lights up: the Start-Stop sys- tem is enabled. ALTERNATIVE- LY: flashes: the Start-Stop system is not available.

page 161

The Start-Stop system is ena- bled but the engine cannot be automatically stopped.

flashes in addition to the rest of the segments of the fuel gauge: Fuel tank almost empty.

page 182

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

Park the vehicle away from traffic and en- sure that there are no highly flammable ma- terials under the vehicle that could come into contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).

A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- dent for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- vise other drivers.

Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool.

In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe inju- ries page 186.

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Gearbox lever

Manual gearbox

Fig. 35 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- ual gearbox

The position of each of the gears is shown on the gear stick Fig. 35.

Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down.

Move the gearbox lever to the required po- sition in Manual gear change on page 145.

Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

Selecting reverse gear

Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped.

Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down in Manual gear change on page 145.

Place the gearbox lever into neutral and push the lever downwards.

Slide the gearbox lever to the right, and then backward as shown on the lever.

Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

in Manual gear change on page 145

page 145

Automatic gearbox

Fig. 36 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears

26

The essentials

Reverse gear

Neutral (idling)

Drive (forward)

R

N

D

Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards (+) to go up a gear or backwards () to go down a gear.

M

in Automatic gear change on page 146

page 145

Air conditioning

How does Climatronic work*?

Fig. 37 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

Switching off The system disconnects by pushing the lower button several times Fig. 37

Cooling mode The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the button.

Automatic mode The automatic mode is connected and disconnected with the button. The automatic mode is initiated by maintaining a constant temperature in the passenger compartment. Air temperature, amount and distribution is automatically regulated. The automatic mode is disconnected, if the venti- lation is manually changed.

Temperature Buttons 1 and 2 Fig. 37 regulate the temperature. The set temperature is shown on the screen. 27

The essentials

Blower The speed of the blower is set with the button Fig. 37.

Air distribution The air distribution , or Fig. 37 is set with the buttons

Air distribution towards the upper part of the body through the air vents on the dash panels

Air distribution to footwells

Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell

Air distribution towards the windscreen

Removing ice from the windscreen The ice is removed from the windscreen Fig. 37 the fastest possible way and it is also cleaned with the button (defrosting/demisting function). When the temperature is above +3 C (+38 F), the air is dehumidified and increases the blower speed.

Air recirculation The air recirculation Fig. 37 is connected and disconnected with the button page 130.

Rear window defroster The rear window defroster located on the top of the centre console, is connected and disconnected while the engine is in gear. The rear window defroster is automatically disconnected after a maximum of 10 minutes have lapsed.

in Introduction on page 130

page 130

28

The essentials

How does the manual air conditioning and heating and fresh air system work?

Fig. 38 At the top of the centre console: manual air conditioning and heating and fresh air system controls.

Switching off it is disconnected by turning the main control 2 to position Fig. 38.

Cooling modea)

The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the button.

Temperature The temperature is set with left rotary control 1 Fig. 38.

Blower The speed of the blower is set with main rotary control 2 Fig. 38.

Air distribution With right rotary control 3 Fig. 38 the air distribution is set

Air distribution towards the upper part of the body through the air vents on the dash panels

Air distribution to footwells

Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell

Air distribution towards the windscreen

29

The essentials

Removing the ice from the windscreen The ice is removed Fig. 38 from the windscreen and cleans the windscreen the quickest possible way with the right rotary control (defrost- ing/demisting function).

Air recirculation With scrollable control 4 Fig. 38 the air distribution is connected and disconnected page 130.

Rear window defroster The rear window defroster located on the top of the centre console, is connected and disconnected while the engine is in gear. The rear window defroster is automatically disconnected after a maximum of 10 minutes have lapsed.

a) Valid for vehicles with manual air conditioning.

in Introduction on page 130

page 130

30

The essentials

Fluid Level control

Filling the fuel tank

Fuel tank capacity

Petrol engines Around 35.0 l,

of which approximately 4.0 are the reserve.

Natural gas en- gine

Natural gas: approx. 11 kg; of which max. 1.5 kg reserve

Petrol: approx. 10 l; of which approx. 5 l reserve

Windscreen washer tank capacity

The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres.

Fuel

Fig. 39 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in the holder

Opening the fuel tank cap

The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.

Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open.

Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 92.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction.

Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anticlockwise direction and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap Fig. 39.

Closing the fuel tank cap

Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clock- wise direction until it is fully inserted with a click.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clock- wise direction and remove the key.

Press the tank flap until you hear it click in- to place. The tank flap must be flush with the body contour.

in Introduction on page 183

page 185

Oil

Fig. 40 Engine oil dipstick.

Fig. 41 In the engine compartment: Engine oil filler cap.

The level is measured using the dipstick loca- ted in the engine compartment.

The oil should leave a mark between zones A and C . It should never exceed zone A .

Zone A : Do not add oil.

31

The essentials

Zone B : You can add oil but keep the level in that zone.

Zone C : Add oil up to zone B .

Topping up engine oil

Unscrew cap from oil filler opening.

Add oil slowly.

At the same time, check the level to ensure you do not add too much.

When the oil level reaches at least zone B , unscrew the engine oil filler cap carefully.

Specifications of engine oil with a service de- pendent on time/distance travelled

44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en- gines

VW 504 00, VW 502 00

Natural gas engine VW 502 00

in Topping up engine oil on page 191

page 188

Coolant

Fig. 42 Engine compartment: coolant expan- sion tank cap.

The coolant tank is located in the engine compartment.

When the engine is cold, replace the coolant when the level is below .

Coolant specifications

The engine cooling system is supplied from the factory with a specially treated mixture of water and at least 40 % of the additive G13 (TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives the necessary frost protection down to -25 C (-13 F) and protects the light alloy parts of the engine cooling system against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and considerably rai- ses the boiling point of the coolant.

To protect the cooling system, the percentage of additive must always be at least 40 %,

even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro- tection is not required.

If for weather reasons further protection is necessary, the proportion of additive may be increased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise an- tifreeze protection will diminish and this will worsen cooling.

When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture of distilled water and at least 40 % of the G13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive (both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti- corrosion protection in Checking the coolant level and topping up on page 194. The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774 F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine cool- ants will significantly reduce anti-corrosion protection and should therefore be avoided in Checking the coolant level and top- ping up on page 194.

in Checking the coolant level and topping up on page 193

page 191

32

The essentials

Brake fluid

Fig. 43 Engine compartment: brake fluid res- ervoir cap

The brake fluid reservoir is located in the en- gine compartment.

The level should be between the and marks. If it is below , please visit a Techni- cal Service.

in Checking the brake fluid level on page 194

page 194

Windscreen washer

Fig. 44 In the engine compartment: wind- screen washer reservoir top.

The windscreen washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment.

To top up, mix water with a product recom- mended by SEAT.

In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for the windshield cleaner.

in Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir with water on page 195

page 195

Battery

The battery is located in the engine compart- ment. It does not require maintenance. It is checked as part of the Inspection Service.

in Introduction on page 196

page 196

33

The essentials

Emergencies

Fuses

Fuse location

Fig. 45 On the driver-side dash panel: fuse box cover

Fig. 46 In the engine compartment: fuse box cover

Underneath the instrument panel

The fuse box is located underneath the dash panel on the driver side Fig. 45.

In the engine compartment

Press the locking tabs to release the fuse box cover Fig. 46.

Identifying fuses situated below the dash panel by colours

Colour Amp rating

Purple 3

Light brown 5

Brown 7.5

Red 10

Blue 15

Yellow 20

White or transparent 25

Green 30

Orange 40

in Introduction on page 78

page 78

Replacing a blown fuse

Fig. 47 Image of a blown fuse

Preparation

Switch off the ignition, lights and all elec- trical equipment.

Open the corresponding fuse box page 79.

Identifying a blown fuse

A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured Fig. 47.

Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse has blown.

To replace a fuse

Remove the fuse.

Replace the blown fuse by one with an identical amperage rating (same colour and markings) and identical size.

34

The essentials

Replace the cover again or close the fuse box lid.

Bulbs

Bulbs (12 V)

Light source used for each function

Halogen headlights Type

Daytime running light/side light

W21/5W

Dipped beam headlights H4 LL

Main beam headlights H4 LL

Turn signal PY21W NA

Front fog light Type

Fog/cornering lights* HB4

Rear bulb light Type

Brake/side lights P21/5W LL

Side lights P21/5W LL

Turn signal PY21W NA LL

Retro fog light P21W

Reverse lights R10W

Action in the event of a punc- ture

What to do first

Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface and in a safe place as far away from traffic as possible.

Apply the handbrake.

Switch on the hazard warning lights.

Manual gearbox: select the 1st gear.

Automatic gearbox: position the selector lever to D or R.

If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from your vehicle.

Have the vehicle tool kit page 71 and the spare wheel* ready page 206.

Observe the applicable legislation for each country (reflective vest, warning triangles, etc.).

All occupants should leave the vehicle and wait in a safe place (for instance behind the roadside crash barrier).

WARNING

Always observe the above steps and pro- tect yourself and other road users.

If you change the wheel on a slope, block the wheel on the opposite side of the car with

a stone or similar to prevent the vehicle from moving.

Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc- ture kit

Fig. 48 Standard representation: contents of the anti-puncture kit.

The anti-puncture kit is located under the floor panel in the luggage compartment.

Sealing the tyre

Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use the Fig. 48 1 tool to remove the insert. Place it on a clean surface.

Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously Fig. 48 10 .

35

The essentials

Screw the inflator tube Fig. 48 3 into the sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will break automatically.

Remove the lid from the filling tube Fig. 48 3 and screw the open end of the tube into the tyre valve.

With the tyre sealant bottle upside down, fill the tyre with the contents of the sealant bottle.

Remove the bottle from the valve.

Place the insert back into the tyre valve us- ing the tool Fig. 48 1 .

Inflating the tyre

Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube Fig. 48 5 into the tyre valve.

Check that the air bleed screw is closed Fig. 48 7 .

Start the engine and leave it running.

Insert the connector Fig. 48 9 into the vehicle's 12-volt socket page 121.

Turn the air compressor on with the ON/OFF switch Fig. 48 8 .

Keep the air compressor running until it reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi/200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8 minutes.

Disconnect the air compressor.

If it does not reach the pressure indicated, unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.

Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is distributed throughout the tyre.

Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the valve.

Repeat the inflation process.

If the indicated pressure still cannot be reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stop and request assistance from an authorised technician.

Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.

When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).

Check the pressure again after 10 minutes page 74.

in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* on page 73

page 72

Changing a wheel

Vehicle tool kit

Fig. 49 Components of the vehicle tool kit

Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle

Adapter for anti-theft bolt.

Towline anchorage, removable.

Wire hook for removing the hub caps.

Jack.

Wheel spanner.

Wheel bolt cap clips.

in What to do first on page 35

page 70

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

36

The essentials

Hubcaps

Fig. 50 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel trim

In order to access the wheel bolts, first re- move the hubcap.

Removing and fitting the hubcap

To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel trim Fig. 50.

Remove the trim by pulling it in the direc- tion of the arrow.

To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap against the trim until it clicks into place.

The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing the tyre.

Full hubcaps

Fig. 51 Removing the full hubcap

Removing the full hubcap

Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit page 70.

Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap.

Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook Fig. 51 and pull the hub cap in the direc- tion shown by the arrow.

Fitting hubcaps

It is necessary to press the hubcap against the wheel so that the space for the valve fits over the tyre valve.

Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fit- ted all the way around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite position to the valve.

Wheel bolt caps

Fig. 52 Removing the wheel bolt caps

Removal

Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools page 70) over the cap until it clicks into place Fig. 52.

Remove the cap with the plastic clip.

The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing the tyre.

The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special cap which is only compatible with anti-theft bolts and cannot be used for conventional bolts.

37

The essentials

Loosening the wheel bolts

Fig. 53 Changing a wheel: Slacken the wheel bolts.

Fig. 54 Changing a wheel: Tyre valve 1 and position of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 .

Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to loosen the wheel bolts.

Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack.

If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing down on the end of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle for support and take care not to slip.

Loosening wheel bolts

Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over the wheel bolt Fig. 53.

Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise .

Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts

For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft wheel lock must be threaded into position Fig. 54 2 before mounting the hubcap. Otherwise it will not be possible to mount the entire hubcap.

Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit.

Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt Fig. 54. Push it on as far as it will go.

Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far as possible.

Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise .

Important information about wheel bolts

The wheel rims and bolts have been de- signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ- ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly.

In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the same model vehicle should not be used.

Wheel bolt tightening torque

The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a reliable torque wrench.

If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to tighten them, the threads should be replaced and cleaned before checking the tightening torque.

Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving.

WARNING

If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they could be released while driving leading to loss of vehicle control and serious damage.

38

The essentials

Only use wheel bolts which correspond to the wheel rims in question.

Never use different wheel bolts.

The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy to thread.

To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, al- ways use the wheel brace supplied with the vehicle.

Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack.

Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving.

Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims.

If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Raising the vehicle with the jack

Fig. 55 Jack position points

Fig. 56 Jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle

The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) Fig. 55. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be changed .

Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.

39

The essentials

WARNING

If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:

You should only use a jack approved by SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those approved for other SEAT models, might slip out of place.

The ground should be firm and flat. If the ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base.

If the ground is slippery, such as tiles, place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for in- stance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.

Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking points. The claw of the jack should grip the reinforcement nerve on the underbody Fig. 56.

You should never place a body limb such as an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is solely supported by the jack.

If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- dent!.

Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one side or the engine is running.

Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may come loose from the jack due to the engine vibrations.

Removing and fitting a wheel

Fig. 57 Changing a wheel: loosen wheel bolts with the socket at the end of the wheel brace

Change the wheel after loosening the wheel bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack.

Removing the wheel

Slacken the wheel bolts page 38.

Raise the vehicle page 39.

Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel brace Fig. 57, unscrew the slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur- face.

Take off the wheel.

How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel

Check the direction of rotation of the tyre page 207, Tyre code.

Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position.

Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight- ly using the hexagonal socket on the end of the wheel brace.

To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts use the corresponding adaptor.

Lower the car with the jack.

Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not in a circle).

Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on page 37.

WARNING

If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct torque then this could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a serious accident.

All the wheel bolts and hub threads should be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the cor- rect torque.

The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace should be used for turning wheel bolts only. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.

40

The essentials

Tyres with compulsory direction of ro- tation

A directional tread pattern can be identified by the arrows on the sidewall that point in the direction of rotation. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when fitting the wheel to guarantee optimum properties of this type of tyres with regard to grip, noises, wear and aquaplaning.

If it is absolutely necessary to fit the spare tyre* against the direction of rotation, drive with care as this means the tyre does not of- fer optimum driving properties. This is of par- ticular importance when the road surface is wet.

To return to directional tread tires, replace the punctured tyre as soon as possible and restore the obligatory direction of rotation of all tyres.

After the wheel change

Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and put them away in the luggage compartment foam holder page 70.

Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare wheel or the changed wheel securely in the luggage compartment.

Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor- que wrench page 38.

Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible.

Snow chains

Use

When using snow chains, applicable local legislation and maximum permitted speed limits must be observed.

In winter weather, snow chains not only help to improve grip but also improve the braking capacity.

The fitting of chains is permitted only on front wheels and with the following combi- nations of wheel trims and tyres:

Tyre size Wheel rim

165/70 R14 5 J x 14 offset of 35

175/65 R14

SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv- ice for further information on wheel, tyre and chain sizes.

Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas- uring less than 15 mm including the lock.

Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be- fore fitting snow chains . The wheel bolts should be covered with caps for safety rea- sons. These are available from technical serv- ices.

Temporary spare wheel

For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact temporary spare wheel page 206.

If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo- rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel on the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in- stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit- uation, observe the rotating direction of the wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the snow chains before fitting the wheel.

WARNING

The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and damage.

Always the appropriate snow chains.

Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer.

Never exceed the maximum permitted speeds when driving with snow chains.

41

The essentials

CAUTION

Remove the snow chains to drive on roads without snow. Otherwise they will impair vehicle handling, damage the tyres and wear out very quickly.

Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if the chains come into direct contact with them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains.

Note

Snow chains are available in different sizes according to the vehicle type.

Emergency towing of the vehi- cle

Towing

Fig. 58 Right side of the front bumper: tow- line anchorage screwed in.

Towline anchorages

Attach the bar or rope to the towline ancho- rages.

It is located with the vehicle's tools page 70.

Screw the front towline anchorage into the screw connection Fig. 58 and tighten it with the wheel brace.

Tow rope or tow bar

When towing, the tow bar is the safest and vehicle friendly way. You should only use a tow rope if you do not have a tow bar.

A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim- ilarly elastic material.

Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the towline anchorage or specially designed fit- ting.

Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle

Keep the ignition running to prevent the steering wheel from locking and also to allow the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen wipers and washers.

As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally.

The brake must be depressed much harder as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle.

Note the instructions and information con- tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- cle to be towed.

Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle

Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud- den manoeuvres.

Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.

Note the instructions and information con- tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- cle to be towed.

42

The essentials

Driving style

Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow rope. Both drivers should realise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. In- experienced drivers should not attempt to tow.

Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope. When towing on an unpaved road, there is al- ways a risk of overloading and damaging the anchorage points.

Switch on the ignition so that the turn sig- nals, windscreen wipers and windscreen washer can work. Ensure that the steering wheel is unlocked and moves freely.

Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicles with a manual gearbox. With an automatic gearbox, place the lever in N.

To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. The brake servo does not work when the engine is switched off.

The power steering only works when the igni- tion is switched on and the vehicle is moving, provided that the battery is sufficiently charg- ed. Otherwise, it will need more force.

Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all times.

in Instructions for tow-starting on page 76

page 75

Tow-starting

In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- erable page 43.

For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:

Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.

If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit does not operate correctly.

However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):

Put it into second or third gear.

Keep the clutch pressed down.

Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- ing lights.

Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.

As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- ing vehicle.

How to jump start

Jump leads

If the engine fails to start because of a dis- charged battery, the battery of another vehi- cle can be used to start the engine. Before starting, check the magic eye on the battery page 196.

For starting assistance, jump lead cables con- forming to the standard DIN 72553 are re- quired (see the cable manufacturer instruc- tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet- rol engine must be at least 25 mm2.

WARNING

Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly jump starting could cause the battery to ex- plode resulting in serious injury. Please ob- serve the following rules to minimise the risk of a battery explosion:

The battery providing current must have the same voltage (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see markings on battery) as the flat battery.

Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- peratures close to 0 C (+32 F).

If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen then it must be replaced.

A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- leased when the battery is being charged. Al- ways keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks and

43

The essentials

fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and removing the jump leads.

Charge the battery only in well ventilated areas given that when the battery is charged by outside assistance, it creates a mix of highly explosive gases.

Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the engine compart- ment.

Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly.

Note the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads.

CAUTION

To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle electrical system, note the following careful- ly:

If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short circuit.

The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected.

How to jump start: description

Fig. 59 Diagram of connections for vehicles without Start Stop system

Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicles with Start Stop system

Jump lead terminal connections

1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles .

2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive + terminal of the vehicle with the flat battery A Fig. 59.

3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal + in the ve- hicle providing assistance B .

4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system: connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative terminal of the vehicle providing the current B Fig. 59.

For vehicles with Start-Stop system: con- nect one end of the black jump lead X to a suitable ground terminal, to a solid piece of metal in the engine block, or to the engine block itself Fig. 60.

5. Connect the other end of the black jump lead X to a solid metal component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do not connect it to a point near the bat- tery A .

6. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.

Starting

7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let it run at idling speed.

44

The essentials

8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutes until the engine is running.

Removing the jump leads

9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the dipped beam headlights (if they are switched on).

10.Turn on the heater blower and heated rear window in the vehicle with the flat battery. This helps minimise voltage peaks which are generated when the leads are discon- nected.

11.When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse order to the details given above.

Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient metal-to-metal contact with the battery termi- nals.

If the engine fails to start, switch off the start- er after about 10 seconds and try again after about 1 minute.

WARNING

Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine compartment page 186.

The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint

on battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.

Never use jump leads when one of the bat- teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even af- ter the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.

Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, danger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explo- sion.

Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads.

Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.

Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to the brake line.

The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not touch metal parts of the ve- hicle, this can cause a short circuit.

Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.

Do not lean on the batteries. This could re- sult in chemical burns.

Note

The vehicles must not touch each other, oth- erwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected.

Changing the wiper blades

Windscreen wipers service position

Fig. 61 Wipers in service position

The wiper arms can be raised when the wip- ers are in service position Fig. 61.

Close the bonnet page 186.

Switch the ignition on and off.

Press the windscreen wiper lever down- wards briefly Fig. 32 4 .

45

The essentials

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. When the ignition is switched on, the wind- screen wiper arms return to their initial posi- tion upon activating the windscreen wiper lever.

page 75

Changing the front wiper blades

Fig. 62 Changing the front wiper blades

Fig. 63 Changing the rear wiper blade

Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms

The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point where it is fastened to the blade.

The wiper should be in service position be- fore unfolding it page 108.

Cleaning windscreen wiper blades

Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.

Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper blades.

If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used in Changing the windscreen and rear window wiper blades on page 75.

Changing the windscreen wiper blades

Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.

Hold down the release button Fig. 62 1

while gently pulling the blade in the direction of the arrow.

Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into place.

Rest the wiper arms back onto the wind- screen.

Changing the rear wiper blade

Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at an angle of approximately 60 Fig. 63.

Press and hold the release button 1 .

Fold the wiper blade towards the wind- screen wiper arm Fig. 63 (arrow A ) while pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may require some strength.

Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper arm in the op- posite direction to the arrow B and hook in- to place. This feature is operational when the knob is in position (arrow A ).

Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply drop down!

in Changing the windscreen and rear window wiper blades on page 75

page 75

46

Safe driving

Safety

Safe driving

Safety first!

WARNING

This manual contains important informa- tion about the operation of the vehicle, both for the driver and the passengers. The other sections of the on-board documentation also contain further information that you should be aware of for your own safety and for the safety of your passengers.

Ensure that the on-board documentation is kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe- cially important when lending or selling the vehicle to another person.

WARNING

Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, medication or narcotics may result in severe accidents and even loss of life.

Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics may significantly alter perception, affect re- action times and safety while driving, which could result in the loss of control of the vehi- cle.

Driving advice

Before driving

For your own safety and the safety of your passengers, always note the following points before every trip:

Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn signals are working properly.

Check tyre pressure.

Ensure that all windows provide a clear and good view of the surroundings.

Make sure all luggage is secured page 114.

Make sure that no objects can interfere with the pedals.

Adjust front seat, head restraint and mir- rors properly according to your size.

Ensure that the passengers in the rear seats always have the head restraints in the in-use position page 51.

Instruct passengers to adjust the head re- straints according to their height.

Protect children with appropriate child seats and properly applied seat belts page 64.

Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct your passengers also to assume a proper sitting position. page 48.

Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your passengers also to fasten their seat belts properly. page 52.

What affects driving safety?

As a driver, you are responsible for yourself and your passengers. When your concentra- tion or driving safety is affected by any cir- cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as others on the road , for this reason:

Always pay attention to traffic and do not get distracted by passengers or telephone calls.

Never drive when your driving ability is im- paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs).

Observe traffic laws and speed limits.

Always reduce your speed as appropriate for road, traffic and weather conditions.

When travelling long distances, take breaks regularly - at least every two hours.

If possible, avoid driving when you are tired or stressed.

WARNING

When driving safety is impaired during a trip, the risk of injury and accidents increases.

47

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Safety equipment

Never put your safety or the safety of your passengers in danger. In the event of an acci- dent, the safety equipment may reduce the risk of injury. The following list includes most of the safety equipment in your SEAT:

Three-point seat belts

belt tension limiters for the front and rear side seats,

Belt tensioners for the front seats

Belt height adjustment for the front seats

Front airbags

Side airbags in the front seat backrests

Side airbags in the rear seat backrests*

Head-protection airbags

Active front head restraints*

ISOFIX anchor points for child seats in the rear side seats with the ISOFIX system,

Height-adjustable front head restraints

Rear head restraints with in-use position and non-use position

adjustable steering column

The safety equipment mentioned above works together to provide you and your pas- sengers with the best possible protection in the event of an accident. However, these safety systems can only be effective if you

and your passengers are sitting in a correct position and use this equipment properly.

Safety is everyone's business!

Correct position of the vehicle occupants

Correct sitting position

Fig. 64 The proper distance between driver and steering wheel

Fig. 65 Correct belt web and head restraint positions

The correct sitting positions for the driver and passengers are shown below.

If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sitting position, contact a specialised workshop for help with any special devices. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a cor- rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom- mends taking your car in for technical serv- ice.

For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following positions:

Valid for the driver:

Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- tion so that your back rests completely against it.

48

Safe driving

Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel and your chest Fig. 64 and so that you can hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.

The adjusted steering wheel must face your chest and not your face.

Adjust the driver seat forwards or back- wards so that you are able to press the accel- erator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees slightly angled and the dis- tance between your knees and the dash pan- el is at least 10 cm Fig. 64.

Adjust the height of the driver seat so that you can easily reach the top of the steering wheel.

Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under control at all times.

Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 52.

Valid for the passenger:

Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- tion so that your back rests completely against it.

Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible for optimum protection should the airbag deploy.

Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.

Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 52.

Valid for the passengers in the rear section:

Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same lev- el as the top of your head and under no cir- cumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint Fig. 64 and Fig. 65.

Short people must lower the head restraint to the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper edge.

Tall people must raise the head restraint completely.

Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.

Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 52.

Adjusting the steering wheel position

Read the additional information carefully page 14.

Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and only when the vehicle is stationary.

Adjust the correct distance between the driv- er and the steering wheel Fig. 64 using the controls on the driver seat page 12.

WARNING

Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust- ment function and an incorrect adjustment of the steering wheel can result in severe or fa- tal injury.

After adjusting the steering column, push the lever firmly upwards to ensure the steer- ing wheel does not accidentally change posi- tion while driving.

Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, stop safely and make the proper adjustment.

The adjusted steering wheel should be fac- ing your chest and not your face so as not to hinder the driver's front airbag protection in the event of an accident.

When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to reduce injuries when the driver's front air- bag deploys.

Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and head.

49

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position

Number of seats

The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped with a seat belt.

If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is properly worn. Being seated in an incorrect position means the seat belt cannot offer its full protection. This could re- sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially height- ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi- cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting position. The driver is responsible for all passengers in the vehicle, particularly children.

The following list shows just some examples of incorrect sitting positions which can be dangerous to all vehicle occupants.

When the vehicle is in motion:

Never stand in the vehicle.

Never stand on the seats.

Never kneel on the seats.

Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the rear.

Never lean against the dash panel.

Never lie on the rear seats.

Never sit on the front edge of a seat.

Never sit sideways.

Never lean out of a window.

Never put your feet out of a window.

Never put your feet on the dash panel.

Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or seat backrest.

Never travel in a footwell.

Never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt.

Never carry any person in the luggage com- partment.

WARNING

An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle can lead to severe injuries or death in the event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, colli- sion or accidents or if the airbag deploys.

Before the vehicle moves, assume the prop- er sitting position and maintain it throughout the trip. This also includes fastening the seat belt.

Never transport more people than there are seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle.

Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight page 64, page 59.

Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example,

put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt offer insufficient protection and the risk of in- jury in the event of an accident is increased.

WARNING

Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat belt and the head restraints and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts proper- ly.

Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.

Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees slightly angled and that the distance between your knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical constitution prevents you from meeting these requirements, contact a specialised work- shop to make any modifications required.

Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far back. The further the seat backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position!

Never drive with the seat backrest tilted forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it could throw the seat backrest backwards and injure the passengers of the rear seats.

50

Safe driving

Sit as far away as possible from the steer- ing wheel and the dash panel.

Keep your back straight and resting com- pletely against the seat backrest and the front seats correctly adjusted. Never place any part of your body in the area of the airbag or very close to it.

If passengers on the rear seats are not sit- ting in an upright position, the risk of severe injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases.

WARNING

Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci- dents and severe injuries.

Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is stationary, as the seats could move unex- pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and you could lose control of the vehicle. Further- more, an incorrect position is adopted when adjusting the seat.

Only adjust the height, seat backrest and forwards or backwards position of the seat when there is nobody in the seat adjustment area.

There must be no objects blocking the front seat adjustment area.

Adjusting the rear head restraints

Fig. 66 Adjusting the rear head restraints

All seats are equipped with a head restraint.

The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.

Adjusting height

Push the head restraint up or down in the direction of the arrow with the button press- ed Fig. 66 1 .

The head restraint must engage securely in position.

Correct adjustment of head restraints

Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same lev- el as the top of your head and under no cir- cumstances below eye level. Keep the back

of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint.

Adjusting the head restraint for short people

Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper edge. When the head restraint is at its low- est, it is possible that a small gap remains between it and the seat backrest.

Adjusting the head restraint for tall people

Raise the head restraint completely.

WARNING

Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.

Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person is occupying a seat.

All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust the head restraint according to their height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an accident. The upper edge of the head re- straint must be as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint.

Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion.

51

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Pedal area

Pedals

Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the pedals.

Floor mats should leave the pedal area free and unobstructed and be correctly secured in the footwell zone.

In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the brake pedal must be pressed harder than normal to brake the vehicle.

WARNING

Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas- ing the risk of a serious accident.

Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath them.

Always secure the mat in the footwell.

Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory.

Ensure that no objects can fall into the driv- er's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.

CAUTION

The pedals must always have free and unob- structed passage to the floor. For example, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake

pedal will need to be pressed further to stop the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down further will require more force than usual.

Seat belts

Why wear a seat belt?

Introduction

Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced immediately by a spe- cialised workshop . The specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT recom- mends taking your car in for technical serv- ice.

WARNING

Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in- crease the risk of severe or even fatal inju- ries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protec- tion if it is not fastened and used correctly.

Seat belts are the most effective way of re- ducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts must be correctly fastened when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all vehi- cle occupants.

Before each trip, every occupant in the ve- hicle occupants must sit properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip.

52

Seat belts

This also applies to other vehicle occupants when driving in town.

When travelling, children must be secured in the vehicle with a child restraint system suitable for their weight and height and with the seat belts correctly fastened page 64.

Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before driving off.

Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle of another seat will not protect you properly and may cause severe injuries.

Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage the buckles and seat belts.

Never unbuckle your seat belt when the ve- hicle is moving.

Never allow more than one passenger to share the same seat belt.

Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.

Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) im- pairs the proper fit and function of the seat belt.

WARNING

It is extremely dangerous to drive using dam- aged seat belts and could result in serious in- jury or loss of life.

Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it in the door or the seat mechanism.

If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the seat belts could break in the event of an accident or sudden braking.

Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.

Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, re- tractors and buckles must be carried out by a specialised workshop.

Warning lamp

Fig. 67 Warning lamp on the instrument pan- el

Fig. 68 Indication of seat belt status in the rear seats on the instrument panel display

It lights up or flashes on

the instrument panel

Driver's seat belt not fastened or front passenger seat belt not fastened if the front passenger seat is occupied.

Fasten seat belts!

Objects on the front passenger seat.

Remove any objects from the front passenger seat and store them safely.

On the instrument panel

display

A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened their seat belt, if the seat is oc- cupied.*

Fasten seat belts!

53

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

On the instrument panel

display

A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat belt, if the seat is occupied.*

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

An audible warning will be heard if the seat belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives off and reaches a speed of more than 25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un- fastened while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt warning lamp will also flash.

The warning lamp does not switch off until the driver and front passenger fasten their seat belts while the ignition is switched on.

Seat belt status display for rear seats

The seat belt status display on the instru- ment panel informs the driver, when the igni- tion is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear seats have fastened their seat belts. The symbol indicates that the pas- senger in this seat has fastened his or her seat belt Fig. 68.

The seat belt status is displayed for around 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button.

The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An audible warning will also be heard if the vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h (15 mph).

The protective function of seat belts

Fig. 69 Drivers with properly worn seat belts will not be thrown forward in the event of sud- den braking

Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants in the proper position. They also help prevent uncontrolled movements that may result in serious injury and reduce the risk of being thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci- dent.

Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition,

the front part of your vehicle and other pas- sive safety features (such as the airbag sys- tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener- gy released in a collision. Taken together, all these features reduce the releasing kinetic energy and consequently, the risk of injury. This is why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip, even when "just driv- ing around the corner".

Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics have shown that wearing seat belts is an effective means of substantially reducing the risk of injury and improving the chances of survival when involved in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat belts improve the protec- tion provided by airbags in the event of an accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most countries.

Although your vehicle is equipped with air- bags, the seat belts must be fastened and worn. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some cases of head-on collision. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli- sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air- bag trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.

Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!

54

Seat belts

Using seat belts

Twisted seat belt

If it is difficult removing the seat belt from the guide, the seat belt may have become twisted inside the side trim after being wound too quickly on unfastening:

Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate.

Untwist the belt and guide it back, assist- ing it by hand.

The seat belt must be fastened even if it is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the twisted area must not be in an area in direct contact with your body. Have the seat belt untwisted urgently by a specialised work- shop.

WARNING

An improperly handled seat belt increases the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries.

Regularly check that the seat belts and their components are in perfect condition.

Always keep your seat belt clean.

Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it with sharp edges.

Make sure there are no liquids or foreign bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle.

Head-on collisions and the laws of physics

Fig. 70 A driver not wearing a seat belt is thrown forward violently

Fig. 71 The unbelted passenger in the rear seat is thrown forward violently, hitting the driver who is wearing a seat belt.

It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on collision: when a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy

called kinetic energy is created both in the passengers and inside the vehicle.

The amount of kinetic energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the greater the weight, the more energy there is to be absorbed in an accident.

The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example, the corresponding ki- netic energy is multiplied by four.

Because the vehicle occupants in our exam- ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc- cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed solely by said impact.

Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod- ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are even higher.

Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not attached to the vehicle. In a head-on collision, they will move forward at the same speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact. This example applies not only to head-on collisions, but to all accidents and collisions.

55

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Even at low speeds the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with one's hands. In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent con- tact with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or whatever else is in the way Fig. 70.

It is also important for rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they could other- wise be thrown forward violently through the vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in the rear seats who do not use seat belts en- danger not only themselves but also the front occupants Fig. 71.

How to properly adjust your seatbelt

Fastening and unfastening seat belt

Fig. 72 Positioning and removing the seat belt buckle.

Fig. 73 Position of seat belt during pregnan- cy.

Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc- cupants in the position that most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking .

Fastening the seat belt

Fasten your seat belt before each trip.

Correctly adjust the front seat page 48.

Engage the seat backrest in the upright po- sition and correctly adjust the hear restraint .

Pull the latch plate and place the belt web- bing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so .

Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat Fig. 72 A.

56

Seat belts

Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the buckle.

Unfastening the seat belt

The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill .

Press the red button on the buckle Fig. 72 B. The latch plate is released from the buckle.

Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged.

Correct seat belt position

Seat belts offer their maximum protection in the event of an accident and reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when they are properly positioned. Further- more, if the webbing is correctly positioned, the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants in the optimum position to ensure the airbag provides the maximum protection. The seat belt must therefore always be worn and the webbing correctly positioned.

Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even fatal injuries page 48, Correct po- sition of the vehicle occupants.

The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the shoulder.

The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the stomach.

The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.

In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt must lie evenly across the chest and as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach and must be worn properly at all times during the pregnancy Fig. 73.

Adapting the position of the belt webbing to your size

The seat belt can be adapted using the fol- lowing equipment:

Front seat height adjustment.

WARNING

An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- dent.

The seat belt cannot offer its full protection unless the seat backrest is in an upright posi- tion and the seat belt is worn correctly, ac- cording to your size.

Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.

The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the belt moves from

hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the stomach).

The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm.

The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- bly on the torso

The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.

For pregnant women, the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as possible over the pelvis and always lie flat, surrounding the stomach.

Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas- tened.

Never pull the seat belt away from your body using your hand.

Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag- ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.

Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to alter the position of the belt webbing.

Note

If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct position of the belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop for help with any special devices to ensure the optimum protection of the seat belt and

57

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

airbag. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Seat belt tensioners

Automatic belt retractor, belt tension- er, belt tension limiter

Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con- cept page 59 and consist of the follow- ing important functions:

Automatic belt retainer

Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the system allows for total freedom of movement on the shoulder belt. However, during sud- den braking, during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration, the automat- ic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled quickly.

Belt tensioners

The seat belts for the occupants in the front seats are equipped with belt tensioners.

Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se- vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the for- wards movement of occupants or movement

in the direction of the collision. The belt ten- sioner works in combination with the airbag system. The belt tensioner will not be trig- gered in the event of the vehicle overturning if the side airbags are not deployed.

If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it is not an indi- cation of fire in the vehicle.

Belt tension limiter

The belt tension limiter reduces the force of the seat belt on the body in the event of an accident.

Note

The relevant safety requirements must be ob- served when the vehicle is dismantled or sys- tem components are removed. These require- ments are known to specialised workshops page 58.

Service and disposal of belt tension devices

If you work on the belt tensioners or remove and install other parts of the vehicle when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten- sioners function incorrectly or not at all.

So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollu- tion, regulations must be observed. These re- quirements are known to specialised work- shops.

WARNING

Improper use or repairs not carried out by qualified mechanics increase the risk of se- vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners may fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong cir- cumstances.

Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or install parts of the belt tensioners or seat belts.

The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and auto- matic retractor cannot be repaired.

Any work on the belt tensioners and seat belts, including the removal and refitting of system parts in conjunction with other repair work, must be performed by a specialised workshop only.

The belt tensioners will only provide pro- tection for one accident and must be changed if they have been activated.

For the sake of the environment

Airbag modules and belt tensioners may con- tain perchlorate. Observe the legal require- ments for their disposal.

58

Airbag system

Airbag system

Brief introduction

Introduction

Front airbags have been installed for both driver and passenger. The front airbags can also protect the chest and head of driver and passenger if the seats, seat belts head re- straints and, for the driver, the steering wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Air- bags are considered as additional safety equipment. An airbag cannot replace the seat belt, which must be worn at all times, even in front seats where front airbags have been installed.

The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the event of an accidents, cushioning the movement of the occupants in the direction of the collision in frontal and side accidents.

Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. This causes the airbag covers to break and the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in their entire deployment space within frac- tions of a second. When an occupant with the seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on the inflated airbag, the propellant gas es- capes to absorb the force of the impact and slow the movement. This reduces the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment does not mean that other types of injury such

as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, friction can cause the generation of heat.

Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower part of the body.

The most important factors for triggering the airbag are the type of accident, the angle of impact, the vehicle speed and the character- istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore, airbags are not triggered every time the vehi- cle is visibly damaged.

The activation of the airbag system depends on the magnitude of the deceleration of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers through an electronic control unit. If the de- celeration magnitude value is below the ref- erence value programmed in the control unit, the airbags will not deploy even though seri- ous damage might be caused to the vehicle as the result of an accident. Damage suffered by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of damage suffered from the accident are not indications of whether an airbag should have been deployed. Due to the varying nature of collision situations, it is impossible to define a speed range of the vehicle and reference values. For this reason, it is not possible to cover all types of collisions and collision an- gles resulting in the deployment of the air- bag. Factors necessary for the airbag to be deployed can be, the characteristics of the object (hard or soft) against which the vehi-

cle collides, the collision angle and the vehi- cle speed.

Airbags act in conjunction with the three- point seat belts in certain accident situa- tions, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags only deploy once and only under certain cir- cumstances. Seat belts remain present to of- fer protection in situations where airbags are not triggered or where they have already de- ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an- other after an initial collision or is hit by an- other vehicle.

The airbag system is an integral part of the car's passive safety system. The airbag sys- tem can only work effectively when the vehi- cle occupants are wearing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head re- straints properly page 48.

WARNING

Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a means of protection.

Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary.

The airbags provide the best protection when the seat belts are properly fastened, thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries page 52, Why wear a seat belt?.

59

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Before each trip, every occupant must sit properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be- longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas- tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid for all vehicle occupants.

WARNING

Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects in the deploy- ment space between them and the airbags, as this increases the risk of sustaining inju- ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies the airbag deployment space or the objects may fly uncontrollably and hit your body.

Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in motion.

Never transport objects on the front pas- senger seat. In the event of sudden braking and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in the airbag deployment space and fly uncon- trollably around the interior if the airbag is activated.

Occupants of the front and rear seats must never carry any other people, pets or objects in the deployment space between them and the airbags. Make sure children and other passengers also respect this recommenda- tion.

WARNING

The airbag system provides protection for one accident only. If they have been de- ployed, they must be replaced.

Ensure deployed airbags and the system components involved are immediately re- placed with new, SEAT-approved components for the vehicle.

Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diag- nostics equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.

Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo- nents in your vehicle.

Never modify the airbag system compo- nents.

WARNING

If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is pro- duced. This is normal and it is not an indica- tion of fire in the vehicle.

This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes and cause breathing difficulties, particularly in people suffering from or who have suffered from asthma or other illnesses of the respira- tory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties, get out of the vehicle and open and doors and windows to breath in fresh air.

Should you touch the dust, wash your hands and face using a mild soap and water before you eat.

Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or open wounds.

Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust in them.

WARNING

Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- tic parts could cause serious injury.

Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- taining solvents.

Description of airbag system

Vehicle safety components

The following safety equipment makes up the vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se- vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve- hicle equipment, some equipment may not be fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa- ble in some markets.

Optimised seat belts for all seats.

Seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger.

Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas- senger.

Seat belt warning lamp

Front airbags for driver and passenger.

Side airbags for driver and passenger.

Airbag control lamp .

Control units and sensors.

60

Airbag system

Head restraints optimised for rear-end colli- sion.

Adjustable steering column.

If necessary, anchor points for child seats for the rear seats.

Where applicable, mountings for the child seat upper retaining strap.

Situations in which the front and side air- bags do not deploy:

If the ignition is switched off during the col- lision.

In frontal collisions, when the deceleration measured by the control unit is too low.

In minor side collisions.

In rear collisions.

In the event of the vehicle overturning.

When the impact speed is lower than the reference value set in the control unit.

There is a fault in the system if the control lamp :

does not light up when the ignition is switched on,

turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition is switched on

turns off and then lights up again after the ignition is switched on

illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is moving.

WARNING

The seat belts and airbags can only provide maximum protection if the occupants are seated correctly page 48.

If a fault has occurred in the airbag system, have the system checked immediately by a specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a frontal collision the system might not trigger correctly or may fail to trigger at all.

Airbag activation

The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within thousandths of a second, to provide addi- tional protection in the event of an accident. A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- ploys. This is normal and it is not an indica- tion of fire in the vehicle.

The airbag system is only ready to function when the ignition is on.

In special accidents instances, several air- bags may activate at the same time.

In the event of minor head-on and side colli- sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll- over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate.

Activation factors

The conditions that lead to the airbag system activating in each situation cannot be gener- alised. Some factors play an important role, such as the properties of the object the vehi-

cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc.

Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti- vation.

The control unit analyses the collision trajec- tory and activates the respective restraint system.

If the deceleration rate is below the prede- fined reference value in the control unit the airbags will not be triggered, even though the accident may cause extensive damage to the car.

The following airbags are triggered in seri- ous head-on collisions

Driver airbag.

Front passenger front airbag

The following airbags are triggered in seri- ous side-on collisions

Front side airbag on the side of the acci- dent.

Rear side airbag on the side of the acci- dent.

In an accident with airbag activation:

the interior lights switch on (if the interior light switch is in the courtesy light position);

the hazard warning lights switch on;

all doors are unlocked; 61

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

the fuel supply to the engine is cut.

Airbag safety instructions

Front airbags

Read the additional information carefully page 14.

WARNING

The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- tions of a second.

Always keep the deployment areas of the front airbags vacant.

Never secure objects to the covers or in the deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.

The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.

Never fix any object to the windscreen above the front airbag on the front passenger side.

Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the surface of the air- bag module on the passenger side of the dash panel.

WARNING

Front airbags are deployed in front of the steering wheel and the instrument panel.

When driving, always hold the steering wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.

Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis- tance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between the centre of your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. If your physical constitution prevents you from meeting these require- ments, make sure you contact a specialised workshop.

Adjust the front passenger seat so there is as much distance as possible between the front passenger and the dash panel.

Side airbags*

Read the additional information carefully page 16.

WARNING

The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- tions of a second.

Always keep the deployment areas of the side airbags vacant.

The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.

Do not mount accessories on the doors.

Only used protective covers for the seats that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when de- ployed.

WARNING

Incorrect handling of the driver's and front passenger seat could prevent the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe in- juries.

Never remove the front seats of the vehicle or modify any of their components.

Great forces must not be exerted on the seat backrest bolsters because the side air- bags might not deploy correctly, might not deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly.

Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a special- ised workshop.

62

Airbag system

Deactivating airbags

Control lamps

Fig. 74 Control lamp for disabling the front passenger front airbag on the dash panel

It lights up on the combi-in-

strument

Fault in airbag sys- tem and seat belt tensioners.

Have the system checked immedi- ately by a specialised workshop.

It lights up on the dash panel

Fault in the airbag system.

Have the system checked immedi- ately by a specialised workshop.

Front passenger front airbag disa- bled.

Check whether the airbag should remain disabled.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-

ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

If the front passenger airbag is deactivated, the lamp does not re- main lit, or if it is lit together with the control lamp on the dash panel, there may be a fault in the airbag system .

WARNING

In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries.

Have the airbag system checked immedi- ately by a specialised workshop.

Never mount a child seat in the front pas- senger seat or remove the mounted child seat! The front passenger front airbag may deploy during an accident in spite of the fault.

CAUTION

Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and in- structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Manual disabling and enabling of the front passenger front airbag with the key switch

Fig. 75 On front passenger side: Key switch for enabling and disabling the front passen- ger front airbag.

Read the additional information carefully page 15

Activating the front passenger front airbag

Switch the ignition off.

Open the door on the front passenger side.

Unfold the vehicle key blade page 92.

Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON Fig. 75.

Close the door on the front passenger side.

Check that, with the ignition switched on, the control lamp on the dash panel is not lit page 63.

63

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

How to know whether the front passenger front airbag is disabled

The only indication of the front passenger air- bag being disabled is that the control lamp on the dash panel re- mains lit ( stays yellow) page 63.

If the control lamp on the dash panel does not remain lit or is lit in combination with the control lamp on the instrument panel, a child restraint system cannot be mounted on the front passenger seat for safety reasons. The front passenger front air- bag may deploy during an accident.

WARNING

The front passenger front airbag must only be disabled in special cases.

Disable and activate the front passenger front airbag when the ignition is switched off to avoid damage to the airbag system.

It is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the key operated switch is set to the cor- rect position.

Only disable the front passenger front air- bag when a child seat is to be mounted under exceptional circumstances.

As soon as the child seat is no longer nee- ded on the front passenger seat, reconnect the front passenger front airbag.

Transporting children safely

Safety for children

Introduction

Before transporting babies and children in a child seat placed in the front passenger seat, first completely read the information regard- ing the airbag system.

This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, particularly that of babies and children.

SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory programme. These child seats have been designed and tested for use in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child seats with different mountings from a SEAT dealership.

WARNING

Make sure children are properly belted in and correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal inju- ries while the vehicle is in motion.

Never use a rear-facing child seat in the front passenger seat if the front passenger front airbag is enabled.

Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.

Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight.

Children must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while trav- elling.

Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a child seat is being used on it.

Do not allow the child's head or other part of his or her body to enter the deployment area of the side airbags.

Make sure the belt webbing is correctly positioned.

Never hold children or babies on your lap or in your arms.

Only one child may occupy a child seat.

Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.

WARNING

An empty or loose child seat could fly uncon- trollably around the vehicle interior and cause injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.

When not in use while the vehicle is in mo- tion, always safely secure the child seat or store it in the luggage compartment.

Note

Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.

64

Transporting children safely

Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag

Read the additional information carefully page 16.

Read and always observe the safety informa- tion included in the following chapters:

Safety distance with respect to the passen- ger airbag in Introduction on page 59.

Objects between the passenger and the passenger side airbag in Front airbags on page 62.

The passenger side front airbag, when ena- bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facing backward since the airbag can strike the seat with such force that it can cause serious or fatal injuries. Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.

Therefore we strongly recommend you to transport children on the rear seats. This is the safest location in the vehicle. Alternative- ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa- bled with a key-operated switch page 63. When transporting children, use a child seat suitable for the age and size of each child page 67.

WARNING

If a child seat is secured to the front pas- senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain-

ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increases.

An inflating front passenger airbag can strike the rear-facing child seat and project it with great force against the door, the roof or the backrest.

Never install a child seat facing backwards on the front passenger seat unless the front passenger front airbag has been disabled. Risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in exceptional ca- ses, to transport a child in the front passen- ger seat, the front passenger front airbag must always be disabled page 63. If the passenger seat has a height adjustment op- tion, move it to the highest, most upright po- sition. If you have a fixed seat, do not install any child restraint system in this location.

For those vehicles that do not include a key lock switch to deactivate the airbag, the vehi- cle must be taken to a technical service.

All vehicle occupants, especially children, must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while travelling.

Never hold children or babies on your lap, this can result in potentially fatal injuries to the child!

Never allow a child to be transported in a vehicle without being properly secured, or to stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling. In an accident, the child could be flung through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal in- juries to themselves and to the other vehicle occupants.

If children assume an improper sitting posi- tion when the vehicle is moving, they expose themselves to greater risk of injury in the event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident. This is particularly important if the child is travelling on the front passenger seat and the airbag system is triggered in an acci- dent; as this could cause serious injury or even death.

A suitable child seat can protect your child!

Never leave a child alone in the child seat or inside the vehicle because depending on the season, very high temperatures may be reached inside a parked vehicle, which could be fatal.

Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall must not wear a normal seat belt without a child seat, as this could cause injuries to the abdominal and neck areas during a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an accident.

Do not allow the seat belt to become twis- ted and the seat belt should be properly in place page 52.

Only one child may occupy a child seat page 67.

When a child seat is mounted in the rear seats, the door child-proof lock should be ac- tivated page 98.

65

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Child seats

Safety instructions

Read the additional information carefully page 16.

WARNING

The lower anchor points for child seats do not include rings. Only secure booster seats to lower anchor points.

WARNING

Child seats with lower anchor points and with an upper retaining strap must be installed in line with the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to comply could result in severe inju- ries.

Always secure just one retaining strap to a child seat with the luggage compartment re- taining ring.

Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.

Never secure the retaining strap to a retain- er.

WARNING

In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are belted correctly, in the event of an accident.

A suitable child seat that is correctly instal- led and used on one of the rear seats offer

the most protection possible for babies and children up to 12 years in most accidents.

WARNING

Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.

The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill.

CAUTION

To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary introduction elements from the anchor points when the child seat is not installed in the vehicle an- chor points.

To prevent damage being done to the up- holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro- duction elements, always remove the auxili- ary introduction elements from the anchor points before folding the rear seat bench.

66

Transporting children safely

General information on transporting children in the vehicle

Read the additional information carefully page 17.

Legal regulations and provisions will always take priority over the descriptions of this in- struction manual. There are different regula- tions and provisions for the use of child seats and their mountings ( table on page 67). In some countries, for example, the use of child seats on certain seats in the vehicle may be forbidden.

The physical principles and the forces acting on the vehicle in the event of a collision or other type of accidents also apply to children page 52. However, unlike adults and youngsters, children do not have fully devel- oped muscle and bone structures. In the event of an accident, children are subject to a greater risk than adults of sustaining severe injuries.

Given that children's bodies are not yet fully developed, child restraint systems must be used that are especially adapted to their height, weight and constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that indicate

the use of approved seat systems for trans- porting babies and children.

Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle. Always con- sult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised workshop should you have any doubts.

Specific child seat regulations for each coun- try (selection)

Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441)

regulation. You can get additional informa- tion by consulting your SEAT dealership or at the internet address www.seat.es.

Categorisation of child seats according to ECE-R 44

Weight cat- egory

Weight of the child

Age

Group 0 up to 10 kg up to approximately.

9 months

Group 0+ up to 13 kg up to approximately.

18 months

Group 1 9 to 18 kg approx. 8 months to 3

1/2 years

Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years

Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years

Not all children fit in the seat of their weight group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle. Therefore, always check whether the child fits properly in the child seat and whether the seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.

Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 reg- ulation are fitted with the corresponding ap- proval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in a circle with the identification number below it.

1) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regulation. 67

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Safety

Use of the child seat on the front pas- senger seat1)

Transporting children on the front passenger seat is not permitted in all countries. Further- more, not all child seats are approved for use on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT deal- ership has an updated list of all approved child seats. Only used child seats that are ap- proved for each vehicle.

The front airbag on the front passenger side is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas- senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he or she is transported in a rear-facing child seat.

If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag can strike it with such great force that severe or fatal injuries may result . Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be placed on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is enabled.

Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the front passenger front airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the yellow page 59 con- trol lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you cannot disable the front passenger front air-

bag and it remains activated, it is forbidden to transport children on the front passenger seat .

Things to note if using a child seat on the front passenger seat:

The front passenger front airbag must be disabled when using a rear-facing child seat page 59.

The seat backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.

The front passenger seat must be moved as far back as possible.

The seat backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.

Suitable child seats

The child seat must be authorised by the manufacturer especially for use on a front passenger seat with a front or side airbag.

Universal seats for children can be fitted in the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.

WARNING

If a child seat is mounted on the front passen- ger seat, the risk of the child sustaining se-

vere or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- dent increases. Rear-facing child seats must never be mounted on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is enabled. This is life-threatening to the child should the front airbag deploy, as the child seat would be struck by the inflated airbag and thrown against the seat backrest.

WARNING

If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must be transported in a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following:

Always disable the front passenger front airbag and leave it disabled.

The child seat must be approved by the manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with front and side airbag.

Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and observe the warnings.

Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to its highest posi- tion to keep as far away as possible from the front airbag.

Move the seat backrest to the upright posi- tion.

1) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when us- ing or installing child seats.

68

Transporting children safely

Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight.

Use of the child seat on the rear seat

If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, adapt the position of the front passenger seat so that the child has enough space. Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to the size of the child seat and the height of the child. Ensure the passenger is in the cor- rect position page 48.

Suitable child seats

The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with side air- bags.

Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.

The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.

ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats

ISOFIX child seats are divided into the follow- ing certified categories: universal, semi- universal or specific categories for the ve- hicle.

If the ISOFIX child seat is certified univer- sal, it must be supported by the lower an- chor points and the Top Tether retaining strap.

If the ISOFIX child seat is certified semi- universal or specific categories for the ve- hicle, check that the child seat is certified for the vehicle before employing it. The child seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which the corresponding ISOFIX child seat has been certified. If necessary, contact the child seat manufacturer for an updated list of vehicles.

69

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Emergencies

Self-help

In case of emergency

First aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguishers*

Fig. 76 In the luggage compartment: storage compartment for the warning triangle

Warning triangle

In some vehicle equipment it is possible to store the warning triangle model shown in a storage compartment of the luggage com- partment Fig. 76.

First-aid kit

The first aid kit must comply with legal re- quirements. Check the expiry date of the con- tents of the first aid kit.

Fire extinguisher

A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in the passenger seat footwell.

The fire extinguisher must conform to legal requirements, be ready for use and be checked regularly. Check the certification seal on the extinguisher.

WARNING

Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi- olently thrown in case of a sudden manoeu- vre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.

Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid kit, reflective vests and warning triangle se- curely in the vehicle.

Vehicle tool kit*

Introduction

When securing the vehicle in case of a break- down, please note the legal requirements for each country.

Vehicle tool kit

For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel or temporary spare wheel, in addition to win- ter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional vehicle tools page 71.

WARNING

When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set and spare wheel are loose in the interior they can be violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci- dents, causing serious injury.

Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre mobility set and the spare wheel or tempora- ry spare wheel are safely secured in the lug- gage compartment.

WARNING

Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can cause injury or accidents.

Never work with inappropriate or damaged tools.

70

Self-help

Location

Fig. 77 In the luggage compartment: Raised carpet.

The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary spare wheel and the tyre mobility set are stored in the luggage compartment under the carpeted floor panel Fig. 77.

If necessary, remove the boot variable floor page 123.

Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) Fig. 77.

Note

After use, return the jack to its initial position using the handle in order to securely store it in the vehicle.

Accessing the vehicle tool kit and tyre mobility system in vehicles fitted with the SEAT SOUND 7 speaker system (with subwoofer)*

Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf.

If necessary, remove the boot variable floor page 126.

Lift up the carpet from the recess and re- move it from the luggage compartment.

Disconnect the subwoofers speaker cable.

Completely remove the hand-controlled wheel from the centre of the subwoofer speaker by turning it anti-clockwise.

Take out the subwoofer, which is on top of the tools and tyre mobility system.

When finished, place the tools and system back in the same way and place as before to ensure the speaker sits properly in its hous- ing.

Place the subwoofer in the direction of the arrow and with the word FRONT facing for- ward.

Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro- tate the securing wheel clockwise so that the subwoofer is firmly in place.

Components

Fig. 78 Components of the vehicle tool kit

The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle equipment. The following is a description for a vehicle with all options.

The individual elements of the vehicle tool kit Fig. 78

Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for screwing and unscrewing the wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter- changeable. The screwdriver may be found underneath the wheel spanner.

Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom- mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In

1

2

71

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

case it is lost, another adapter can be or- dered using this number. Note the anti- theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it in a place other than the vehicle.

Towline anchorage, removable.

Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover, integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt caps.

Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool kit, fold its hook. The crank must then be folded tight against the side of the jack in order for it to be safely stored.

Wheel spanner.

Wheel bolt cap clips.

Note

The jack does not generally require any main- tenance. If required, it should be greased us- ing universal type grease.

Changing a wheel

Introduction

Read the additional information carefully page 36

Some vehicle versions and models do not have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In this case, we recommend consulting a Speci- alised workshop to change the wheel.

3

4

5

6

7

You should only change the wheels yourself if the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are familiar with the procedure and safety stand- ards and you have all the necessary tools! Otherwise, you should seek professional as- sistance.

WARNING

Changing a wheel can be dangerous, espe- cially on the hard shoulder. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of in- jury:

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park at a safe distance from surrounding traf- fic to change a wheel.

When changing a wheel, keep all passen- gers, and particularly children, a safe dis- tance away from the work area.

Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.

Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base.

If you are changing a wheel yourself, you should be familiar with the required proce- dure. Otherwise, you should seek professio- nal assistance.

Only use suitable tools that are not dam- aged when changing a wheel.

Always stop the engine, apply the hand- brake lever firmly and place the selector lever in position N or the manual gearbox in gear-

to reduce the risk of the vehicle accidentally moving.

Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a reli- able torque wrench.

WARNING

If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not fitted correctly, they could cause major acci- dents or damage.

Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come off while driving and endanger other road users.

Damaged trims must never be mounted on the wheels.

Always ensure that the brake ventilation and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there is not enough air, you may require signifi- cantly longer braking distances.

CAUTION

Remove and remount wheel trims taking care to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Tyre repair

TMS (Tyre Mobility System)*

Read the additional information carefully page 35

72

Self-help

The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System) will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetration of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign ob- jects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.

After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, you must again check the tyre pressure about 10 minutes after starting the engine.

You should only use the tyre mobility set if the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have the necessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.

The tyre sealant must not be used in the fol- lowing cases:

If the wheel rim has been damaged.

In outside temperatures below -20 C (-4 F).

In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre greater than 4 mm.

If you have been driving with very low pres- sure or a completely flat tyre.

If the sealant bottle has passed its use by date.

WARNING

Using the tyre mobility system can be dan- gerous, especially when filling the tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park it at a safe distance from surrounding traffic to fill the tyre.

Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid.

All passengers and particularly children must keep a safe distance from the work area.

Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.

Use the tyre mobility system only if you are familiar with the necessary procedures. Oth- erwise, you should seek professional assis- tance.

The tyre mobility set is intended for tempo- rary emergency use only until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop.

Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre mo- bility set as soon as possible.

The sealant is a health hazard and must be cleaned immediately if it comes into contact with the skin.

Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the reach of small children.

Never use an equivalent jack, even if it has been approved for your vehicle.

Always stop the engine, apply the hand- brake lever firmly and engage gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of vehicle involuntary movement.

WARNING

A tyre filled with sealant does not have the same performance properties as a conven- tional tyre.

Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).

Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.

Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check the tyre.

For the sake of the environment

Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements.

Note

A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at SEAT dealerships.

Take into account the separate instruction manual of the tyre mobility set* manufactur- er.

73

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Contents of the tyre mobility system*

Fig. 79 Standard representation: contents of the anti-puncture kit.

The anti-puncture kit is located underneath the floor covering in the luggage compart- ment. It includes the following components Fig. 79:

Tyre valve remover

Sticker indicating maximum speed max. 80 km/h or max. 50 mph

Filler tube with cap

Air compressor

Tube for inflating tyres

1

2

3

4

5

Warning provided by tyre pressure moni- toring system1)

Air bleed screw2)

ON/OFF switch

12 volt connector

Bottle of sealant

Spare tyre valve

The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This also applies to its replacement part 11 .

WARNING

When inflating the wheel, the air compressor and the inflator tube may become hot.

Protect hands and skin from hot parts.

Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or hot air compressor on flammable material.

Allow them to cool before storing the de- vice.

If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con- tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance.

6

7

8

9

10

11

CAUTION

Switch off the air compressor after a maxi- mum of 8 operational minutes to avoid over- heating! Before switching on the air compres- sor again, let it cool for several minutes.

Check after 10 minutes of driving

Screw in the inflator tube Fig. 79 5 again and check the pressure on the gauge 6 .

1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:

Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.

You should obtain professional assistance .

1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:

Set the tyre pressure to the correct value again page 199.

Carefully resume your journey until you reach the nearest specialised workshop with- out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).

Have the damaged tyre replaced.

1) It can also be integrated in the compressor. 2) In its place, the compressor may have a button.

74

Self-help

WARNING

Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous and can cause accidents and serious injury.

Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower.

Seek specialist assistance.

Changing the windscreen wiper blades

Changing the windscreen and rear window wiper blades

Read the additional information carefully page 46.

The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is responsible for ensuring that the wipe is si- lent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the noise of the water as it is wiped across the windscreen will be louder.

Check the condition of the wiper blades regu- larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, or cleaned if they are dirty .

Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately. These are available from quali- fied workshops.

WARNING

Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.

Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly.

CAUTION

Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the glass.

If products containing solvents, rough sponges or sharp objects are used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be dam- aged.

Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to clean the win- dows.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the bonnet and the wiper arms, only leave them in the service position.

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.

Note

If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or other care prod- ucts, are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. Re-

move wax deposits with a special product or cleaning cloths.

Tow-starting and towing

Instructions for tow-starting

Read the additional information carefully page 42.

When towing or tow starting, respect the le- gal requirements.

For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.

In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- erable page 43.

For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:

Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.

If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit does not operate correctly.

However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):

Put it into second or third gear.

Keep the clutch pressed down.

75

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- ing lights.

Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.

As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- ing vehicle.

WARNING

A vehicle with a flat battery should never be towed.

Never remove the key from the ignition lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not be controlled and a serious accident could ensue.

WARNING

When towing the vehicle, the handling and braking efficiency change considerably. Please observe the following instructions to minimise the risk of serious accidents and in- jury:

As the driver of the vehicle being towed:

The brake must be depressed must hard- er as the brake servo does not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision with the towing vehicle.

More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steering does not op- erate when the engine is switched off.

As the driver of the towing vehicle:

Accelerate gently and carefully.

Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.

Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.

CAUTION

When tow-starting, fuel could enter the cat- alytic converter and damage it.

Carefully fit and remove the towline anchor- age and its cover to avoid damage to the ve- hicle (e.g. paintwork).

When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and cause damage!

Note

Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bump- er is not possible. The vehicle is not suitable for towing other vehicles.

Advice for towing the vehicle

Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox

Note the following for a towed vehicle:

Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N position.

Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) when towing a vehicle.

Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles).

If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle must be towed with the front wheels raised.

Situations in which the vehicle should not be towed

In the following cases, the vehicle should not be towed but transported on a trailer or spe- cial vehicle:

If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu- bricant due to a fault.

If the battery is flat and the steering cannot be unlocked as a result, the electronic steer- ing lock and electronic parking brake cannot be disengaged.

If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic gearbox and the distance to be covered is greater than 50 km (30 miles).

Note

The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is an electric system fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the steering column electronic gearbox lock.

76

Self-help

Fitting the front towline anchorage

Fig. 80 On the right-hand side of the front bumper: Remove the cover.

Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the front bumper: Screw in the towline anchorage.

The location for the removable tow ring is on the right-hand side of the front bumper be- hind a cover Fig. 80.

The towline anchorage should always be kept in the vehicle.

Note the instructions for towing page 76.

Fitting the towline anchorage

Take the towline anchorage from the vehi- cle tool kit in the luggage compartment page 70.

Press the upper part of the cover Fig. 80 (arrow) to disengage and release the cover.

Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle.

Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti- clockwise as far as it will go Fig. 81 . Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow- line anchorage in its location.

After towing, remove the tow ring by turn- ing it clockwise.

Place the cover's upper tab on the opening of the bumper and carefully guide the lower tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, press the lower tab from below.

Press the lower area of the cover until the lower tab engages in the bumper.

CAUTION

The towline anchorage must always be com- pletely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it could be released while towing and tow-start- ing.

Emergency locking and unlock- ing

Introduction

The doors and rear lid can be locked manual- ly and partially opened, for example if the key or the central locking is damaged.

WARNING

Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury.

If the vehicle is locked from outside, the doors and windows cannot be opened from the inside.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety.

Depending on the time of the year, temper- atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

WARNING

Getting in the way of the doors and the rear lid is dangerous and can lead to serious in- jury.

Open and close the doors and the rear lid only when there is nobody in the way.

77

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

CAUTION

When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble components and then reassemble them carefully to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Fuses and bulbs

Fuses

Introduction

Due to the constant updating of vehicles, fuse assignments based on equipment and the use of the same fuse for various electrical components, it is not possible to provide an up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for the electrical components at the time of printing this manual. For detailed information about the fuse positions, please consult a technical service.

In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical components. Likewise, an electrical component can be protected by several fuses.

Only replace fuses when the cause of the problem has been solved. If a newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have the electrical system checked by a special- ised workshop as soon as possible.

WARNING

The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical shocks, causing burns and even death!

Never touch the electrical wiring of the igni- tion system.

Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system.

WARNING

Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit without fuses can cause a fire and serious injury.

Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper- age (same colour and markings) and size.

Never repair a fuse.

Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple or similar.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the vehicle's electric system, before replacing a fuse always turn off the ignition, the lights and all electrical elements and remove the key from the igni- tion.

If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to another part of the electrical system.

Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre- vent the entry of dust or humidity as they can damage the electrical system.

Note

One component may have more than one fuse.

78

Fuses and bulbs

Several components may run on a single fuse.

Vehicle fuses

Fig. 82 Below the driver side dash panel: fuse box cover

Fig. 83 In the engine compartment: fuse box cover

Read the additional information carefully page 34

Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.

Opening and closing the fuse box situated below the dash panel

Opening: Press the unlock button Fig. 82 1 until it is possible to open the cover. Fold the cover down.

Closing: Fold the cover up in the opposite direction to the arrow until it clicks into the locking lever 1 .

To open the engine compartment fuse box

Open the bonnet page 186.

Press the attachment tabs in the direction indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re- lease the fuse box cover Fig. 83.

Then lift the cover out.

To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push the attachment tabs down, in the oppo- site direction indicated by the arrow until they click audibly into place.

CAUTION

Always carefully remove the fuse box cov- ers and refit them correctly to avoid problems with your vehicle.

Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid- ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical system.

Note

In the vehicle, there are more fuses than those indicated in this chapter. These should only be changed by a specialised workshop.

Changing bulbs

Introduction

Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom- mends that you consult a technical service or request assistance from a specialist. In gen- eral a specialist is needed if, in addition to the bulbs, other vehicle components require removal.

You should store spare light bulbs in the ve- hicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs may be obtained from the technical services. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.

Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the vehicle exterior lighting is against the law.

79

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Additional bulb specifications

The specifications of some headlamp bulbs and bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac- tory may be different to those of conventional bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.

WARNING

If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a risk of accident.

WARNING

Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause serious accidents.

Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment please read and observe the warnings page 186. In any vehicle, the en- gine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury.

The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on changing them.

Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled.

Never replace bulbs alone if you are not fa- miliar with the operations necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the neces- sary work.

Never touch the bulb glass directly. Finger- prints will be evaporated by the heat of the

operating bulb thus fogging up the reflec- tor.

The headlamp frameworks in the engine compartment and the rear lamps contain sharp elements. Always protect your hands when changing bulbs.

CAUTION

After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers are not replaced correctly on the headlamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is allowed to en- ter.

Remove the ignition key before working on the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit could occur.

Switch off the lights and the parking light before changing a bulb.

Take good care to avoid damaging any com- ponents.

Replacing the bulbs in the headlights

Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: Rear view of the front left headlight with rubber cover: A dipped beam and main beam headlights, B side lights and daytime driving lights and C turn signal

Fig. 85 Left headlight

There is no need to remove the headlight to replace bulbs.

80

Fuses and bulbs

Complete operations only in the sequence given:

Dipped beam and main beam headlights Fig. 84 A

1. Open the bonnet page 186.

2.

Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rub- ber cover using the tabs.

Press the retaining clip Fig. 85 D downwards in the direction of the arrow, unclip sideways, and remove it.

3. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on the bulb holder.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

5. Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insert the retaining clip Fig. 85 D

6. Place the rubber cover and check that is in the correct position. Insert the connector to the bulb H4.

Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C

1. Open the bonnet page 186.

2. Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling backwards.

3. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on the bulb holder.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C

5. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far as the stop.

Note

The images show the left hand headlight from behind. The structure of the right hand side headlight is symmetric.

Replacing the front bumper bulbs

Fig. 86 In the front right wheel arch: Remove the retaining screws (arrows) and take out the expansive rivet A .

Fig. 87 Changing the bulbs in the headlights

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

1. Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch trim Fig. 86 (arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit page 70.

2.

Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch trim A with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it page 70.

3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.

4. Release the connector Fig. 87 1 and remove it.

5.

Turn the bulb holder Fig. 87 in the direction of the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling backwards.

6. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. 81

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

7. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far as the stop.

8. Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. The connector must audibly click into place.

9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.

10. Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim and bumper and press it completely inwards Fig. 86 A .

11. Securely screw the 2 retaining screws Fig. 86 (arrows) with a screwdriver.

Changing the bulbs in the rear lights

Fig. 88 On the side of the luggage compart- ment: A: Remove the cover, B: Removing the tail light units

Fig. 89 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb holder, D: Remove the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Removing the rear light units

1. Open the rear lid page 99.

2. Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever Fig. 88 A.

3. Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the di- rection of the arrow Fig. 88 B. Use the screwdriv- er in the vehicle tool kit.

4. Press position 4 and remove the connector 2

Fig. 88 B.

82

Fuses and bulbs

5. Unscrew the wing nut 5 Fig. 88 B.

6. Remove the tail light from the bodywork by careful- ly pulling backwards.

7. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a flat, clean surface.

To change the bulb

8. Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) Fig. 89 C and remove the bulb holder from the tail light.

9. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb Fig. 89 D.

10. Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. The at- tachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into place Fig. 89 C.

Assembling the rear light units

11. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening in the bodywork.

12. Support the tail light with one hand in the assem- bly position and securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 Fig. 88 B.

13. Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly fitted and is firmly secured.

14. Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and press the lock 3 on the connector in the oppo- site direction to the arrow Fig. 88 B.

15. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.

16. Close the rear lid page 99.

Changing the number plate light

Fig. 90 On the rear bumper: Remove the number plate light.

Fig. 91 Number plate light: Remove the bulb holder.

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

1. With one hand, press on the number plate light from left to right and remove it from the bumper Fig. 90.

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

2. Detach the number plate light carefully from the bumper.

3. Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise and remove it in the direction of the arrow Fig. 91.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

5. Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far as possible Fig. 91.

6.

Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the opening on the bumper. During this process, check that the assembly direction of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must be on the right.

7. Insert the number plate light into the bumper until it audibly clicks into place.

83

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Emergencies

Changing the side turn signal bulb

Fig. 92 Removing the side turn signal

Fig. 93 Side turn signal: Changing the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

1. With one hand move the side turn signal back- wards Fig. 92 1 .

2. Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by leverage 2 .

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- en:

3. Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direc- tion of the arrow Fig. 93 1 .

4. Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc- tion.

5. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

6. Install the bulb holder.

7.

Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn signal.

84

Operation

Fig. 94 Dash panel

86

General instrument panel

Operation

General instrument panel

Instrument panel

Key to Fig. 94:

Interior door release lever . . . . . . . . . 98

Turn switch for adjusting the exteri- or mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Exterior mirror adjustment

Heated exterior mirrors

Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Turn signals and main beam headlights

Cruise control system (CCS) /+ /- . . . . . . . 155

Steering wheel with horn and

Driver airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88, 24

Windscreen wiper/ windscreen wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Windscreen wipers

Rear window wiper

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Lever with buttons for controlling the SEAT information system - , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Controls for:

Start-Stop system button . . . 161

Rear window heating button . . 130

Left seat heating controls . . . . . 113

Switches for:

Heating and ventilation system . 130

Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 130

Climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Radio (factory fitted) Booklet Ra- dio

Controls for:

Hazard warning lights switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Passenger front airbag off warn- ing lamp . . 59

Right seat heating controls or rear window heating button (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . .113, 130

Storage compartment with drink holder in the centre console . . . . . . . 120

Handle of the storage compartment or storage compartment open1) . . . 116

8

9

10

11

12

13

In the side of the dash panel: Key switch for switching off the front passenger airbag1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Position of passenger front airbag on the dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

12 volt socket or cigarette light- er* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121, 120

Lever for:

Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Button for:

City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Steering column adjustment lev- er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Headlight range control . . . . . . . . 103

Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Central lock button . . . . . . . . . . 94

Knobs to operate the front electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

1) According to version 87

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Instruments

View of instrument panel

Fig. 95 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).

Details of the instruments Fig. 95:

Speedometer. Depending on the vehicle in km/h or in mph.

Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Reset knob for trip recorder (trip).

Press the button 0.0/SET briefly to switch the trip odometer and od- ometer.

1

2

3

Press the 0.0/SET for 5 seconds to reset the odometer to zero and, where necessary, other indicators on the multifunction display. . . . . 22

Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Revolution counter (with the engine running, in thousands of revolu- tions per minute).

The beginning of the red zone of the revolution counter indicates the

4

5

maximum speed in any gear after running-in and with the engine hot. However, it is advisable to change up a gear or move the selector lever to D (or lift your foot off the acceler- ator) before the needle reaches the red zone .

Clock set button.

If necessary, change the time dis- play by pressing the top and

6

88

General instrument panel

bottom buttons of the rocker switch Fig. 33 B .

Press the button to change the hour, so that it is flashing.

To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold button down to scroll through the num- bers quickly.

Press the button again to change the minutes, so that it flashes.

To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold button down to scroll through the num- bers quickly.

Press button again to end the clock setting.

CAUTION

When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do not make the engine work hard.

To prevent damage to the engine, the revo- lution counter needle should only remain in the red zone for a short period of time.

For the sake of the environment

Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel con- sumption and noise.

Indications on the display

A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display Fig. 95 2 , de- pending on the vehicle equipment:

Warning and information messages.

Odometer.

Time.

Outside temperature.

Selector lever positions page 143.

Recommended gear (manual gearbox) page 143.

Multifunction display (MFI) page 22

Service interval display page 90.

Start-Stop system status display page 161.

Fuel gauge page 182.

Seat belt status display for rear seats page 52.

Warning and information messages

The system runs a check on certain compo- nents and functions when the ignition is switched on and while the vehicle is moving. Faults in the operation are displayed on the screen using red and yellow symbols on the instrument panel display ( page 24) and, in some cases, with audible warnings. The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel fitted.

Priority 1 warning (red symbols)

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ! Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessa- ry, request assistance from specialised personnel.

Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols)

Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. A faulty function, or fluids which are below the correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle! Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If neces- sary, request assistance from specialised personnel.

Odometer

The odometer registers the total distance travelled by the car.

The odometer (trip) shows the distance travelled since the last odometer reset. The last figure indicates 100 m.

Outside temperature indicator!

When the outside temperature is below +4 C (+39 F), the symbol ice crystal (warning of risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the temperature. At first this symbol flashes and then it remains lit until the outside tempera- ture rises above +6 C (+43 F) .

When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual

89

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

outside temperature as a result of heat com- ing from the engine.

The temperatures measured range from -40 C to +50 C (-40 F to +122 F).

Selector lever position

The range of engaged gears of the selector lever is shown on the side of the lever, and on the instrument panel display. In positions D and M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre- sponding gear is also indicated on the dis- play.

Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)

The recommended gear to save fuel can be displayed on the instrument panel display while you are driving page 143.

Seat belt status display for the rear seats*

The seat belt status display on the instru- ment panel display informs the driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any pas- sengers in the rear seats have fastened their seat belts page 52.

Start-Stop system status display

The instrument panel display shows informa- tion on the current status page 161.

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- dent for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- vise other drivers.

Park the vehicle away from traffic and en- sure that no highly flammable materials are under the vehicle that could come into con- tact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).

WARNING

Even though outside temperatures are above freezing, some roads and bridges may be icy.

At outside temperatures above +4C (+39F), even when the ice crystal symbol is not visible, there may still be patches of ice on the road.

Do not rely on the outside temperature in- dicator!

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Note

Different versions of the instrument panel are available and therefore the versions and instructions on the display may vary.

When several warnings are active at the same time, the symbols are shown succes- sively for a few seconds and will stay on until the fault is rectified.

Service interval display

The inspection message appears on the in- strument panel display Fig. 95 2 .

SEAT distinguishes between services with en- gine oil change (Oil change Service) and services without engine oil change (Inspec- tion Service). The service interval display only gives information for service dates which in- volve an engine oil change. The dates of the remaining services (e.g. the next Inspection Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the label attached to the door strut, or in the Maintenance Programme.

The set service intervals have been specified with the service dependent on time/distance travelled.

Inspection reminder

If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder appears when starting the ignition abbreviated to and a

90

General instrument panel

warning in km. The number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven until the next service.

Service due

After the service date, an audible warning is given when the ignition is switched on and the abbreviation displayed on the screen flashes for a few seconds.

Note

The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.

Note

In vehicles whose batteries have been dis- connected for a long period of time, it will not be possible to calculate the next service date. Therefore the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, bear in mind the max- imum service intervals permitted in the Booklet Maintenance Programme.

91

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Opening and closing

Vehicle key set

Remote control vehicle key*

Fig. 96 Remote control key

Remote control key

With the vehicle key the vehicle may be locked or unlocked remotely page 94.

The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat- tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi- cle. The range of the vehicle key with remote control and new battery is several metres around the vehicle.

If it is not possible to open or close the vehi- cle using the remote control key, this should be re-synchronised page 94 or the bat- tery changed page 93.

Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be used.

Folding the key shaft in and out

When the button is pressed Fig. 96 A , the key shaft is released and unfolds.

To fold it press the button and fold the key shaft in until it locks in place.

Spare key

To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required.

Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- crochip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle.

The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special- ised workshop or approved key service quali- fied to create this kind of key.

New keys or spare keys must be synchron- ised before use page 94.

WARNING

Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and accident.

Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthor- ised individuals could lock the doors or the

boot hatch, start the engine or turn on the ig- nition, activating electrical systems, the elec- tric windows, for example.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de- pending on the time of the year, tempera- tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.

CAUTION

The remote control key contains electronic components. Protect them from damage, im- pacts and humidity.

Note

Only use the key button when you require the corresponding function. Pushing the but- ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos- sible even when you are outside the radius of action.

Remote control key operation can be great- ly influenced by overlapping radio signals around the vehicle working in the same range

92

Opening and closing

of frequencies (for example, radio transmitters, mobile telephones).

Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle, bad weather conditions and draining batteries can considerably reduce the range of the remote control.

If the buttons of the vehicle key are press- ed Fig. 96 or one of the central locking but- tons page 94 is pressed repeatedly in quick succession, the central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overload- ing. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock it if necessary.

Mechanical vehicle key

Fig. 97 Vehicle mechanical key

The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key Fig. 97.

Duplicate keys

To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required.

Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- crochip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle.

The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership, a special- ised workshop or an approved locksmith qualified to create them.

Control lamp on the vehicle key

Fig. 98 Control lamp on the vehicle key

When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes Fig. 98 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, the indicator blinks several times, for

example: for the convenience opening func- tion.

When the control lamp does not light upon pushing a button, the vehicle key batteries must be changed page 93.

Replacing the battery

Fig. 99 Vehicle key: battery compartment cov- er

Fig. 100 Vehicle key: removing the battery

93

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

SEAT recommend having the batteries changed in a specialised workshop.

The battery is located to the rear of the vehi- cle key, under a cover.

Changing the battery

Unfold the vehicle key blade page 92.

Remove the cover from the back of the ve- hicle key Fig. 99 in the direction of the ar- row .

Extract the battery from the compartment using a suitable thin object Fig. 100.

Place the new battery in the compartment, pressing in the direction of the arrow as shown Fig. 100 .

Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing in the direction of the arrow as shown Fig. 99 until it clicks into place.

CAUTION

If the battery is not changed correctly, the vehicle key may be damaged.

Use of unsuitable batteries may damage the vehicle key. For this reason, always re- place the dead battery with another of the same voltage, size and specifications.

When fitting the battery, check that the po- larity is correct.

For the sake of the environment

Please dispose of your used batteries correct- ly and with respect for the environment.

Synchronising the vehicle key

If the button is pressed frequently outside of the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve- hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us- ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must be synchronised once more as follows:

Unfold the vehicle key blade page 92.

Press the button on the vehicle key. For this, it must remain with the vehicle.

Open the vehicle within one minute using the key shaft.

Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. The key has been synchronised.

If necessary, fit the cap.

Central locking* and locking system

Introduction

Read the additional information carefully page 8

Central locking functions correctly when all the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key.

The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor.

WARNING

The incorrect use of the central locking sys- tem may cause serious injuries.

The central locking system will lock all doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can prevent any non-authorised individual from opening the doors and accessing the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or acci- dent, locked doors will complicate access to the vehicle interior to help the passengers.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. The central locking but- ton can be used to lock all the doors from within. Therefore, passengers will be locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.

Depending on the time of the year, temper- atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case of emergency, they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or get help.

94

Opening and closing

Description of the central locking sys- tem

The central locking system allows all doors and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked centrally.

From outside, using the vehicle key.

From inside, by pushing the central locking button page 97.

The central locking system can be activated or deactivated at a specialised workshop.

In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock- ing system fault, all doors can be locked or unlocked manually.

Locking the vehicle after the airbags have been deployed

If the airbags are deployed due to an acci- dent, the vehicle will be automatically and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, it can be locked follow- ing an accident in the following ways:

Function Necessary operations

Lock the vehicle, by pushing the central locking button:

Turn off the ignition and turn it on again. Push the central locking button .

Function Necessary operations

Use the key to lock the vehicle:

Turn off the ignition and turn it on again. OR: Remove the key from the igni- tion. Open any door just once. Lock the vehicle with the key.

Note

If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed page 92 or one of the central locking but- tons Fig. 103 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overload- ing. In this case, the vehicle remains un- locked for about 30 seconds. If neither the door or the boot is opened during this time, the vehicle will then automatically lock.

Unlocking and locking the vehicle from outside

Fig. 101 Buttons on the vehicle key

Fig. 102 Vehicle mechanical key

Central locking

Function Handling the buttons on the vehicle Fig. 101

Unlocking the vehicle.

Press button .

95

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Function Handling the buttons on the vehicle Fig. 101

Lock the vehi- cle.

Press button .

Unlocking the rear lid.

Press button .

Locking the rear lid.

Press button .

Function Handling the vehicle key Fig. 101 in the lock cylinder or with the vehicle mechanical key Fig. 102.

Unlocking the vehicle.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direc- tion.

Lock the vehicle. Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.

Unlocking the rear lid.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direc- tion.

Locking the rear lid.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.

Please note: depending on the operation of the central locking feature set by a special- ised workshop, in order to unlock all the

doors and the rear lid, press the button twice.

The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and if the battery has enough power.

Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash once in confirmation.

Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirmation.

If the turn signals do not flash in confirma- tion, at least one of the doors or the rear lid has been left unlocked.

If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi- cle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock again automatically after a few seconds. This function prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.

Mechanical locking

Function Using the vehicle's mechani- cal key Fig. 102 in the lock cylinder

Locking the driv- er door manually.

To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- to the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- clockwise direction.

To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise di- rection.

Locking and un- locking the rear lid.

To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- to the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- clockwise direction.

To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise di- rection.

If the driver's door is open, it cannot be locked with the vehicle key.

96

Opening and closing

Locking or unlocking the vehicle from the inside

Fig. 103 In the driver door: central locking button

Fig. 104 In the passenger door: door handle for mechanical locking.

Central locking

Push the button Fig. 103:

Unlocking the vehicle.

Locking the vehicle.

The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.

If the vehicle has been locked with the vehi- cle key, the central locking button does not operate.

Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock your vehicle:

The "Safe" security system will not activate page 97.

It will not be possible to open the doors or the rear lid from the outside. This may offer extra safety, for example when stopped at traffic lights.

The doors can be opened and unlocked in- dividually from the inside by pulling the in- side door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever twice.

The driver door cannot be locked when open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in- side the vehicle when there is nobody inside.

Mechanical locking

The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible Fig. 104 1 .

To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever.

If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of the following:

The "Safe" security system will not activate page 97.

It will not be possible to open the doors from the outside, when stopped at traffic lights for example.

The doors can be opened and unlocked in- dividually from the inside by pulling the in- side door handle.

The driver door cannot be locked using the central locking system when it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.

Safe security system*

Function Necessary operations

Locks the vehicle with the "Safe" security sys- tem.

Press the button once on the vehicle key.

97

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Function Necessary operations

Locks the vehicle with- out the "Safe" security system.

Press the button twice on the vehicle key.

Press the central locking but- ton on the driver door once.

When the vehicle is locked, the "Safe" securi- ty system deactivates the door handles, mak- ing the vehicle difficult to open. The doors cannot be opened from inside .

Upon switching off the ignition, the instru- ment panel display will show that the dead- lock is activated or (SAFELOCK or SAFE- LOCK).

When the deadlock is switched off:

The vehicle can be opened and unlocked from the inside using an inside door handle.

Control lamp on the driver door

When the vehicle is locked:

Meaning

The red LED flashes for ap- proximately 2 seconds at short intervals and then more slowly.

The "Safe" security system is switched on.

The red LED flashes for about two seconds then turns off. Af- ter 30 seconds, the LED flash- es again.

The "Safe" security system is switched off.

When the vehicle is locked:

Meaning

The red LED flashes for about two seconds at short inter- vals. Subsequently, the light will remain switched on for about. 30 seconds.

There is a fault in the locking system. Con- tact a specialised workshop.

WARNING

Careless use of the "Safe" security system can cause serious injury.

Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if it has been locked using the key. When the "Safe" security system is activated, doors cannot be opened from the inside!

When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the vehicle interior in case of an emergency. Passengers could re- main trapped inside and unable to unlock the doors in case of an emergency.

Doors

Introduction

WARNING

If a door is not correctly closed, it could open unexpectedly when driving and cause serious injuries.

Always stop immediately and close the door.

When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed door should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.

Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door.

WARNING

A door held open by its retainer could be blown closed by the wind or close if the vehi- cle is on a hill, causing injury.

When opening and closing doors, always use the door handle.

Childproof lock

Fig. 105 Childproof lock on the left hand side door

98

Opening and closing

The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being opened from the inside. This sys- tem prevents minors from opening a door ac- cidentally while the vehicle is running.

This function is independent of the vehicle electronic opening and locking systems. It only affects rear doors. It can only be activa- ted and deactivated manually, as described below:

Activating the childproof lock

Unlock the vehicle and open the door in which you wish to activate the childproof lock.

With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- wise for the left-hand side doors Fig. 105 and clockwise for the right-hand side doors.

Deactivating the childproof lock

Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose childproof lock you want to deacti- vate.

With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- wise for the right-hand side doors, and clockwise for the left-hand side doors Fig. 105.

Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the outside.

The childproof lock can be activated or deac- tivated by inserting the key in the groove when the door is open, as described above.

Rear lid

Introduction

WARNING

Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and closing of the rear lid can cause accidents and serious injury.

Open and close the rear lid only when no- body is in the way.

Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down with your hand on the rear window. This could break and cause injury.

Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing, otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.

Always keep the rear lid closed while driv- ing to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle interior.

Do not open the rear lid when there is a load installed, for example a carrier system. Likewise, the boot hatch cannot be opened when a load is attached to it, for example bi- cycles. An open rear lid could close itself if there is an additional weight on it. If necessa-

ry, press down on the rear lid and remove the load.

Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are not using the vehi- cle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the vehicle.

Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without supervision, espe- cially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious in- juries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the central locking button is used, they may be locked in the vehicle.

CAUTION

Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there is sufficient free space to open and close it, for example if you are in a garage.

99

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Opening the rear lid

Fig. 106 On the vehicle key: button to unlock and open the boot hatch.

Read the additional information carefully page 9

If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boot hatch, for example, in some cases, it may not open automatically . Remove the load from the carrier and support the open rear lid.

Opening with central locking

Press the button on the vehicle key Fig. 106 for about one second to unlock the boot hatch.

OR: Press the button on the vehicle key until the rear lid opens automatically several centimetres.

Opening the rear lid with the button.

Opening with the vehicle mechanical key

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- clockwise direction page 94.

Opening the rear lid with the button.

WARNING

Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.

If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid could open unexpectedly while driving.

Note

At outside temperatures of less than 0 C (+32 F), the pressurised gas struts cannot always automatically lift the rear lid. In this case, open the rear lid manually.

Closing the rear lid

Fig. 107 Rear lid open: hand grip

Closing the rear lid

Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid Fig. 107 (arrow).

Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.

Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.

Locking the rear lid with central locking*

If you unlock the vehicle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto- matically after about 30 seconds. This func- tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un- locked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.

Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.

100

Opening and closing

The rear lid is also locked by a central lock- ing.

If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked using the button, when it is closed once more it will lock automatically.

A closed but not locked rear lid will lock au- tomatically at a speed above about 9 km/h (6 mph).

Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechan- ical key

Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.

Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- wise direction page 94.

WARNING

Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.

Never leave the vehicle unattended, or al- low children to play inside or around the vehi- cle without supervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures, de- pending on the time of year, thus causing se- rious injuries/illness and even death.

Note

Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the key has not been left inside the luggage com- partment.

Electric windows

Opening and closing the electric win- dows

Read the additional information carefully page 11

WARNING

Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury.

Only operate the electric windows when nobody is in the way.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be locked. The windows cannot be opened in case of an emergency.

Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ig- nition, the windows can be opened and closed for a short time using the buttons on the door as long as the driver door or passen- ger side door is not open.

CAUTION

When the windows are open, rain can enter the vehicle, dampening the interior equip- ment and causing damage to the vehicle.

Side-opening rear windows

Fig. 108 Lever to open and close the rear win- dow

Opening

Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow A and press outward until the lever engag-

es.

Closing

Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow B and then press the lever backward until it

engages.

101

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Sliding/tilting electric panor- amic sunroof

Opening and closing the panoramic sunroof

Read the additional information carefully page 11

The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when switched on. After switching off, it is still pos- sible to open or close the sliding/tilting sun- roof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is opened.

All operations are interrupted when the rotary knob is actuated.

If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilt- ing sunroof electrically, it would need to be closed manually. It is not possible to do an emergency close of the sliding/tilting sun- roof without removing components of the ve- hicle. In such a case, obtain professional as- sistance.

Sliding blind

With the roof grab handle situated in the rear part of the roof opening, it is possible to move the sliding blind to the required posi- tion.

WARNING

If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun- roof is used negligently or without paying due attention, it can cause serious injury.

The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no one is blocking its path.

After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof dur- ing a short space of time provided that nei- ther the driver nor passenger door is opened.

CAUTION

To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow that there may be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed before opening or raising the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.

Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof must always be closed. With the sliding/tilting sunroof open or raised, water can enter the passenger compartment and can cause con- siderable damage to the electrical system. As a result, other damage can occur in the vehi- cle.

In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilt- ing sunroof is open, the interior equipment of the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat heating and damaging the electrical system of the vehicle.

Note

Leaves and other loose objects that land in the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum cleaner.

If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work correctly, the anti-trap function will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehi- cle to a specialised workshop.

The convenience position permits sufficient ventilation with a level of sound produced by low wind.

Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilt- ing electric panoramic sunroof

The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of injury when closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . If the sliding/tilting sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle when closing, it will immediately reopen.

Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has not closed.

Try to close it again.

If it is still not possible to close it due to an obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the corresponding position. Close it without the anti-trap function.

102

Lights and visibility

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap function

Within about 5 seconds of activating the anti-trap function, pull knob Fig. 12

5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully closed.

As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap function!

If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a specialised workshop.

If the knob is released during the closing op- eration, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof opens automatically.

WARNING

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap function can re- sult in serious injury.

The sliding/tilting sunroof should always be closed carefully.

No person should ever remain in the way of the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when closing without the anti-trap function.

The anti-trap function does not prevent fin- gers or other parts of the body from becom- ing trapped against the roof frame and inju- ries occurring.

Lights and visibility

Lights

Control lamps

It lights up

Rear fog light switched on page 21.

It lights up

Front fog lights switched on page 21.

It lights up

Left or right turn signal.

The control lamp flickers twice as fast when a vehicle turn signal is intermittent. If necessary, check the vehi- cle's lights.

It lights up

Main beam on or flasher on page 105.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

WARNING

Observe the safety warnings in On the instrument panel on page 26.

Switching lights on and off

Fig. 109 Next to the steering wheel: diagram of some of the types of light switch

Read the additional information carefully page 21

The legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each country must be ob- served.

The driver is personally responsible for the correct use and adjustment of the lights in all situations.

103

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Audible warnings to advise the driver that the lights have not been switched off

If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warning signal is heard in the following cases: this is a remind- er to turn off the lights.

When the light switch is in position .

When the light switch is in position .

WARNING

The side lights or daytime running lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see you.

Always use your dipped beam head lights if it is raining or if visibility is poor.

WARNING

If the headlights are set too high and not used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or distracting other road users. This could result in a serious accident.

Always make sure that the headlights are correctly adjusted.

Lights and visibility: functions

Parking light remains on both sides

If when switching off the ignition, the light control remains in the position and the ve-

hicle is closed from outside, both headlights, in addition to the side lights and the rear lights will light up.

Daytime running lights

The daytime driving light consists of individu- al lights in the front headlamps.

When the daytime driving light is switched on, only the individual lights come on .

The daytime lights are turned on each time the ignition is connected if the light switch is in position o. .

WARNING

If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other drivers, an acci- dent may occur.

Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a result of the weather conditions and poor visibility. The daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illumi- nate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see you.

The rear lights do not come on with the daytime driving light. A vehicle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other drivers in the darkness, if it is rain- ing or in conditions of poor visibility.

Note

The headlights, rear lights and turn signals may mist up temporarily on the inside in cool

or damp weather. This is normal and in no way effects the useful life of the vehicle light- ing system.

Automatic dipped beam control *

The automatic dipped beam control is merely intended as an aid and is not able to recog- nise all driving situations.

When the light switch is in position , the vehicle lights and the instrument panel and switch lighting switch on and off automatical- ly in the following situations in Lights and visibility: functions on page 104:

Automatic switching on

Automatic switching off

The photo sensor detects darkness, for example, when driving through a tunnel.

When adequate lighting is detected.

The rain sensor detects rain and activates the windscreen wipers.

When the windscreen wip- ers have been inactive for a few minutes.

WARNING

If the road is not well lit and other road users cannot see the vehicle well enough or at all, accidents may occur.

The automatic dipped beam control () only switches on the dipped beam when

104

Lights and visibility

there are no changes in brightness, and not, for example when it is foggy.

Coming Home and Leaving Home function (exterior guidance lights)

Coming Home and Leaving Home Func- tion lights up the closest environment to the vehicle when increasing and lowering the en- vironment in case of darkness.

The Coming Home function should be con- nected manually. The Leaving Home func- tion is automatically controlled by a rain and light sensor.

Activating the Coming Home function

Switch the ignition off.

Operate the headlight flashers for approxi- mately 1 second page 21.

When the drivers car door is opened, the Coming Home lighting is connected. The delay in disconnecting the headlights starts when the last door or rear lid is closed.

Deactivating the Coming Home function

It is automatically disconnected once the time set for the delay in disconnecting the lights has lapsed.

OR: it is automatically disconnected if, 30 seconds after having activated the func-

tion, even if any vehicle door or the rear lid is still open.

OR: turn the light switch to the position .

OR: connect the ignition.

Activating the Leaving Home function

Unlock the vehicle (the light switch has to be in the position and the rain and light sensor to detect darkness).

Deactivating the Leaving Home function

It is automatically disconnected once the set time for the delay in disconnecting the lights has lapsed.

OR: block the vehicle.

OR: turn the light switch to the position .

OR: connect the ignition.

Turn signal and main beam lever

Read the additional information carefully page 21

Convenience turn signals

For the convenience turn signals, move the lever as far as possible upwards or down- wards and release the lever. The turn signal will flash 3 times.

The convenience indicators can be deactiva- ted at a Specialised workshop.

WARNING

Improper or lack of use of the turn signals, or forgetting to deactivate them can confuse other road users. This could result in a seri- ous accident.

Always give warning when you are going to change lane, overtake or when turning, acti- vating the turn signal in good time.

As soon as you have finished changing lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn signal off.

WARNING

Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ac- cidents and serious injury, as the main beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.

Note

If the convenience turn signals are operat- ing (three flashes) and the other convenience turn signals are switched on, the active part stops flashing and only flashes once in the new part selected.

The turn signal only works when the igni- tion is switched on. The hazard warning lights also work when the ignition is switch- ed off page 70.

If any of both turn signals fails, the warning lamp will start flashing twice faster than nor- mal.

105

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam headlights are already on.

Hazard warning lights

Fig. 110 Dash panel: Button for switching the hazard lights warning system on and off.

Read the additional information carefully page 21

Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a broken down vehicle. In a number of coun- tries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the hazard warning lights and use a re- flective safety vest page 70.

If your vehicle breaks down:

Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground .

Turn on the hazard warning lights with the button Fig. 110.

1.

2.

Apply the handbrake firmly page 137.

Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector lever in position N page 143.

Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.

Have all occupants leave the vehicle and move to safety, for example behind a guard rail.

When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.

Place an emergency warning triangle to indicate the position of your vehicle to other road users.

Allow the engine to cool and check if a specialist is required.

When being towed with the hazard warning lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane can be indicated as usual using the turn sig- nal lever. The hazard lights will be interrup- ted temporarily.

If the hazard warning lights are not working, you must use an alternative method of draw- ing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply with traffic legislation.

WARNING

A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park the vehicle a safe distance from sur- rounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be locked. In case of an emergency, passengers will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.

WARNING

The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.

Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass or fuel).

Note

The vehicle battery will discharge and run down if the hazard warning lights remain on for too long (even with the ignition turned off).

In some vehicles, the brake lights will flash when braking abruptly at speeds of approxi- mately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles travelling behind. If braking continues, the hazard warning lights system will automati- cally be turned on at a speed of less than ap- proximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake

106

Lights and visibility

lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the haz- ard warning lights will be automatically turned off.

Adjusting the headlights

In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the home coun- try, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle drivers of oncoming vehicles.

For this reason, stickers may be needed to cover the headlights when driving abroad. For further information, please refer to a spe- cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a technical service.

Note

The use of stickers to cover headlights is only permitted over a short period. To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanent- ly, please take the vehicle to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Headlight range control, lighting of the instrument panel and controls

Fig. 111 Next to the steering wheel: Head- light range control

Headlamp height adjustment

The headlight range control Fig. 111 is modified according to the value of the head- light beam and the vehicle load status. This offers the driver optimum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers .

The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.

To reset, turn switch Fig. 111:

Value Vehicle load statusa)

Two front occupants, luggage compart- ment empty

To reset, turn switch Fig. 111:

Value Vehicle load statusa)

1 All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty

2 All seats occupied, luggage compartment full

3 Driver only, luggage compartment full

a) If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table, it is possible to select intermediary positions.

Instrument and switch lighting

When the side lights or dipped beam head- lights are switched on, the lighting for instru- ments and controls lights up at a constant brightness.

WARNING

Heavy objects in the back of vehicle may cause headlight dazzle and distract other drivers. This could result in a serious acci- dent.

Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not blind other drivers.

Luggage compartment light

The light is activated when the rear lid is open, even when the ignition and lights are turned off. For this reason, ensure that the rear lid is always closed.

107

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Visibility

Sun visors

Fig. 112 Sun visor

Options for adjusting driver and front pas- senger sun visors:

Lower the sun visor towards the wind- screen.

The sun visor can be pulled out of its mounting and turned towards the door.

Swing the sun visor towards the door, lon- gitudinally backwards.

Vanity mirror*

There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun visor on the passenger side and a card- holder in the driver sun visor.

WARNING

Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.

Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use.

Heat-insulating glass windscreen

Fig. 113 Windscreen with reflective infrared and metal coating and small window (red sur- face)

The heat-insulating windscreens include a re- flective infrared coating. The section above the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated (communication window) to allow electric components from the accessories shop to operate correctly Fig. 113.

CAUTION

When the uncoated surface is covered or has a sticker on the interior or exterior, malfunc-

tions in the electronic components may oc- cur. Never cover the uncoated surface on the interior or exterior.

Windscreen wiper and window wiper systems

Window wiper lever

Read the additional information carefully page 22

WARNING

Water from the windscreen washer water bot- tle may freeze on the windscreen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing for- ward visibility.

In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.

In cold conditions, you should not use the wash/wipe system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.

WARNING

Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.

108

Lights and visibility

Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly.

CAUTION

In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before us- ing the wipers for the first time. In cold weather, it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the wipers in service position page 45.

CAUTION

If the ignition is switched off while the wind- screen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and other obstacles may damage the windscreen wiper and the respective motor.

If necessary, remove snow and ice from the windscreen wipers before starting your jour- ney.

Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer spray for this operation.

Note

The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.

The interval wipe speed varies according to the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is

moving, the more often the windscreen is cleaned.

The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is on and the car is in reverse gear.

Functions of the windscreen wiper

Windscreen wiper performance in different sit- uations

If the vehicle is at a standstill

The activated position provision- ally changes to the previous posi- tion.

For intermittent wip- ers

Intervals between wipes depend on the vehicle's speed. The high- er the vehicle speed the shorter the intervals.

Note

The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the windscreen. The wiper will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path. Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper back on again.

Rain and light sensor

Fig. 114 Windscreen wiper lever: setting rain sensor 1 .

Fig. 115 Reference surface of the rain sensor.

When it is activated, the rain and light sensor automatically controls the intervals of the windscreen wiper depending on the intensity of the precipitation.

109

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

When the rain and light sensor is deactiva- ted, the duration of the intervals is set to fixed levels.

Activating and deactivating the rain and light sensor

Press the lever to the desired position. Fig. 114:

Position A - The rain and light sensor is deactivated.

Position B - The rain and light sensor is activated and the automatic wipe shall occur, if necessary.

When the ignition is disconnected and con- nects again, the rain and light sensor re- mains activated and starts operating again when the windscreen wiper lever is in posi- tion B and the vehicle is travelling at more than 4 km/h (2 mph).

Setting the sensitivity level of the rain and light sensor

The sensitivity of the rain and light sensor can automatically be set with switch 1 loca- ted on the windscreen wiper lever .

Moving the switch to the right: highly sen- sitive.

Moving the switch to the left: less sensi- tive.

Malfunction of the rain and light sensor

Some examples of possible causes of mal- functions and mistaken readings in the area of reference surface Fig. 115 1 of the rain and light sensor:

Windscreen wiper blades in poor condi- tion: the presence of a film or strips of water due to the poor condition of the wiper blades can lead to the windscreen blade function possibly being prolonged, or the wipe inter- vals may get shorter or the wipe may happen to be quick and continuous.

Insects: the impact of gnats/mosquitoes on the windscreen can lead to the wind- screen wiper operation starting up.

Salt traces: in winter it is possible that the windscreen wipers may run longer than usual due to the presence of salt traces on the al- most dry windscreen.

Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, protec- tive films (lotus effect), remnant of detergent (from the car wash tunnel), etc., on the wind- screen can possibly lead to the rain and light sensor reacting in a more sensitive way, later, slower, or that it may not react at all.

Cracked windscreen: the impact of a stone may make the windscreen wipers to carry out a wipe cycle if the rain and light sensor is ac- tivated. Subsequently, the sensor detects that the reference surface has been reduced and adapts. The behaviour of the sensor acti-

vation can vary based on the size of the im- pact.

Clean the reference surface of rain and light sensor 1 regularly and check that the wind- screen wiper blades are not damaged.

CAUTION

The rain and light sensor may not always de- tect the precipitation accurately enough and connect the windscreen wipers properly.

If necessary, connect the wipers manually and appropriately when water on the wind- screen obstructs visibility.

Note

It is recommended using a windscreen clean- ing product that may contain alcohol to re- move the remnant of wax or polish.

110

Lights and visibility

Mirror

Interior rear vision mirror

Fig. 116 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror

The driver should always adjust the rear vi- sion mirror to permit adequate visibility through the rear window.

Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear vision mirror

Basic position: point the lever at the bot- tom of the mirror forwards.

Pull the lever to the back to select the anti- dazzle function Fig. 116.

Exterior mirrors

Fig. 117 In the front doors: button to adjust the mechanical exterior rear vision mirror

Fig. 118 In the driver door: rotary control for the exterior electric mirrors

Read the additional information carefully page 13

Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the adjust button Fig. 117 or the rotary con- trol* Fig. 118.

Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position is possible through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the win- dow until it clicks into place.

WARNING

Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking care to avoid injuries.

Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when there is no-one in the way of the mirror.

When moving the mirror, take care not to trap fingers between the mirror and the mir- ror bracket.

WARNING

Failure to correctly estimate the distance of the vehicle behind could lead to serious acci- dent.

Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in- crease the field of vision, however objects ap- pear smaller and further away in the mirrors.

The use of these mirrors to estimate the distance to the next vehicle when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident.

If possible, use the rear vision mirror to es- timate distances to vehicles behind you or in other circumstances.

Make sure that the rear visibility is ade- quate.

111

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

For the sake of the environment

The exterior mirror heating should be switch- ed off when it is no longer needed. Other- wise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste.

Note

In the event of a fault, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.

Seats and head restraints

Adjusting the seat and head re- straints

Manual front seat adjustment

Read the additional information carefully page 12

WARNING

The safe driving chapter contains important information, tips, suggestions and warnings that you should read and observe for your own safety and the safety of your passengers page 48.

WARNING

Adjust the front seats only when the vehi- cle is stationary. Failure to follow this instruc- tion could result in an accident.

Be careful when adjusting the seat height. Careless or uncontrolled adjustment can cause injuries.

The front seat backrests must not be re- clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts and the airbag system might not protect as they should in case of an accident, increasing risk of injury.

Removing and fitting the rear head re- straints

Fig. 119 Removing the rear head restraint

The rear seats are equipped with a head re- straint.

Removing the rear head restraint.

Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward page 123.

Push the head restraint up as far as it will go .

Pull the head restraint out of the fitting without releasing the button Fig. 119 1 .

Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward again until it is engaged.

Safely store the removed head restraints.

Fitting the rear head restraint

Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward page 123.

112

Seats and head restraints

Insert the head restraint into the guides on the seat backrest.

Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button 1 .

Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward again until it is engaged.

Adjust the head restraint to the correct po- sition page 51.

WARNING

Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.

Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person is occupying a seat.

Refit any removed head restraints immedi- ately so that passengers are properly protec- ted.

CAUTION

When removing and fitting the head restraint, make sure it does not hit the headliner of the vehicle or the front seat backrest. Otherwise, the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle could be damaged.

Seat functions

Seat heating*

Fig. 120 In the centre console: Front seats heating switch

With the engine connected, the seat cushion and the backrests can be heated electrically.

Switching on: Press the button or the top part of the centre console. Seat heating functions at maximum output. All of the con- trol lamps are turned on.

Adjust: Press the button repeatedly or even setting the desired level.

Switching off: Press the button or as many times as need be until no control lamp is lit on the button.

When the seat heating is at maximum level, after approx. 15 minutes have lapsed, the first level is automatically set.

Cases in which the seat heating should not be connected

If any of the following conditions are encoun- tered, do not connect the seat heating:

The seat is not occupied.

The seat is covered with a covering.

A child seat is installed on the seat.

The seat cushion is damp or wet.

The outdoor or passenger compartment temperature is greater than +25 C (77 F).

WARNING

Those persons whose tolerance to pain or temperature is affected by taking medication or by any type of paralysis or chronic illness (i.e. diabetes) may sustain burns on the shoulder, backside or legs. These burns take considerable time to heal up or do not man- age to heal up completely. If you have any questions concerning your health status, con- sult a doctor.

Those persons who may have a limited tol- erance to pain or temperature must never use the seat heating.

WARNING

If the upholstery were to get soaked, the seat heating could stop running correctly and might also increase the risk for burns to be caused.

113

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Prior to using the seat heating, be certain that the seat cushion is dry.

Avoid sitting down with damp or wet cloth- ing.

Do not place damp or wet objects or gar- ments on top of the seat.

Do not spill liquids on the seat.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging the heating compo- nents, please refrain from kneeling on the seats or applying excessive pressure to a sin- gle point of the seat cushion and backrest.

If liquids are spilled, sharps objects are left or insulating materials are placed (such as a covering or child seat), this can manage to damage the seat heating.

In any odour were noted, disconnect the seat heating immediately and have the unit inspected by a specialised workshop.

For the sake of the environment

The seat heating must only remain connected when it is necessary. Otherwise, it incurs an unnecessary waste of fuel.

Transport and practical equipment

Transporting objects

Introduction

Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv- ing behaviour and braking ability .

WARNING

Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- dent. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the following:

Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy objects in the lug- gage compartment.

Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot enter the deploy- ment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of sudden braking or an accident.

Always ensure that objects inside the vehi- cle cannot move into the deployment area of the bags while driving.

While driving, always keep object compart- ments closed.

Remove all objects from the front passen- ger seat when it is folded down. When the seat backrest is folded down, it presses on small and light objects and these are detec- ted by the weight sensor on the seat; this sends false information to the airbag control unit.

While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal airbag must remain disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light on.

Objects secured in the vehicle should never be placed in such a way as to make passen- gers sit in an incorrect position.

If secured objects occupy a seat, this seat should not be occupied or used by anyone.

WARNING

The driving behaviour and braking ability change when transporting heavy and large objects.

Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.

Accelerate gently and carefully.

Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.

Brake early.

114

Transport and practical equipment

Transporting the load

Secure all objects in the vehicle

Distribute the load throughout the vehicle and on the roof as uniformly as possible.

Transport heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage compartment and lock the seat backs in the vertical position.

Check the headlight adjustment page 103.

Use the suitable tyre pressure according to the load being transported. Read the tyre in- flation information label page 199.

CAUTION

Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.

Note

Please refer to the notes on loading the roof carrier page 127.

Driving with the rear lid open

Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi- tional risk. Secure all objects and secure the rear lid correctly and take all measures possi- ble to reduce toxic gases from entering the vehicle.

WARNING

Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries.

Always drive with the rear lid closed.

Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose items could fall out of the vehicle and injure other road users or damage other vehicles.

Drive particularly carefully and think ahead.

Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking giv- en that this could cause an uncontrolled movement of the open rear lid.

When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compartment, indicate them suitably. Observe legal requirements.

If objects must project out of the luggage compartment, the rear lid must never be used to secure or attach objects.

If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it should be removed before travelling with the rear lid open.

WARNING

Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior when the rear lid is open. This could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poi- soning, serious injury and accidents.

To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle al- ways drive with the rear lid closed.

In exceptional circumstances, if you must drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol-

lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in- side the vehicle:

Close all windows.

Disable air recirculation mode.

Open all of the air outlets on the instru- ment panel.

Switch on the blower to maximum.

CAUTION

An open boot hatch changes the length and height of the vehicle.

Driving a loaded vehicle

For the best handling when driving a loaded vehicle, note the following:

Secure all objects page 115.

Accelerate gently and carefully.

Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.

Brake early.

If necessary, read the instructions for driv- ing with a roof carrier system page 127.

WARNING

A sliding load could considerably affect the stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in an accident with serious consequences.

Secure loads correctly so they do not move.

115

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

When transporting heavy objects, use suit- able ropes or straps.

Lock the seat backs in vertical position.

Practical equipment

Introduction

Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects.

WARNING

In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle in: open storage compartments, dash panel, rear shelf, items of clothing or bags.

While driving, always keep object compart- ments closed.

WARNING

Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas- ing the risk of a serious accident.

Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath them.

The floor mat should always be secured to the floor.

Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory.

Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in mo- tion.

CAUTION

Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heat- ed rear window and cause damage.

Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, food or medicines inside the vehicle. Heat and cold could damage them or render them useless.

Light-transparent objects placed inside the vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, may concentrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.

Note

The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be cov- ered so that used air can escape from the ve- hicle.

Storage compartment on the driver side

Fig. 121 On the driver side: storage compart- ment

There may be a storage compartment on the driver side.

116

Transport and practical equipment

Compartment on the centre console

Fig. 122 In the front part of the centre con- sole: storage compartment

The storage compartment Fig. 122 may be used as a drink holder page 120 or as an ashtray* page 120 or to store small ob- jects.

Note

A 12 volt electrical socket page 121 can be found in the storage compartment.

Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side*

Fig. 123 Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side

There may be a storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.

Opening and closing the storage compart- ment cover

Pull the lever to open Fig. 123 1 .

To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.

Sunglasses storage compartment.

Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment.

The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage compartment

2 .

Supports

Next to the eyeglass storage compartment is a notebook holder 3 and in the interior of the storage compartment there is a pen hold- er 4 , a map storage area and a coin tray 5 .

CAUTION

For structural reasons, some model versions will have gaps behind the glove compartment into which small objects may fall. This could lead to strange noises and damage to the ve- hicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in the glove compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces provided.

117

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Bag support*

Fig. 124 Storage on front passenger side: folding hook.

On the opening lever of the glove compart- ment on the passenger side there is a folding hook Fig. 124 for hanging small items of luggage, e.g. bags, etc.

CAUTION

The maximum weight for the hook is 1.5 kg.

With the hook folded forward, it automati- cally draws up when the compartment is opened.

We recommend removing hanging bags from the hook before opening the glove com- partment.

Open storage compartment on the passenger side*

Fig. 125 Open storage compartment on the passenger side

There may be an open storage compartment on the passenger side.

Support

In the open glove compartment there is a hook for bags Fig. 125 1 .

Storage compartment in the back of the centre console

Fig. 126 In the back part of the centre con- sole: storage compartment

The drink holder at the back of the centre console can be used as a storage compart- ment.

118

Transport and practical equipment

Other storage compartments

Fig. 127 In front of the rear seats: storage compartment

Fig. 128 In the centre pillars: coat hooks

Coat hooks

The centre pillars contain garment hooks Fig. 128 (arrow).

Other storage compartments:

In the front door trims page 86.

In front of the rear seats Fig. 127.

Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.

Bag hook in the luggage compartment page 123.

In the upper part of the centre console, in- stead of the radio Fig. 94 11 .

WARNING

Clothing hung on the coat hooks could re- strict the driver's view and lead to serious ac- cidents.

Hang the clothes from the hooks so that driver's view is not restricted.

The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.

Drink holders

The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and passenger doors.

WARNING

Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury.

Do not place containers with hot drinks in a drink holder. During sudden braking or driv- ing manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spil- led and lead to scalding.

Ensure that no bottles or other object are dropped in the driver footwell, as they could get under the pedals and obstruct their work- ing.

Never place heavy containers, food or other heavy objects in the drink holder. In the event of an accident, these heavy objects could be thrown around the vehicle interior and cause serious injuries.

WARNING

Closed bottles inside the vehicle could ex- plode or crack due to the heat or the cold.

Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is too high or too low.

CAUTION

Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage to the vehicle and the electrical system.

119

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Centre console drink holders

Fig. 129 In the front part of the centre con- sole: drink holder

Fig. 130 In the back part of the centre con- sole: drink holder

There are drink holders in the front and rear parts of the centre console.

Securing the drink container in the front drink holder

Fold the drink holder Fig. 129 forward.

Place the drink container in the drink holder so that it is securely surrounded.

Ashtray*

Fig. 131 In the front part of the centre con- sole: opening the ashtray.

Opening and closing the ashtray

To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direc- tion of the arrow Fig. 131.

To close, push the ashtray lid down.

Emptying the ashtray

Remove the ashtray from the storage com- partment lifting it up.

After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.

WARNING

Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.

Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.

Cigarette lighter*

Fig. 132 In the front part of the centre con- sole: lighter

Push the button on the cigarette lighter in- ward with the ignition on Fig. 132.

Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly.

Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the glowing coil .

Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.

120

Transport and practical equipment

WARNING

Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.

The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar.

Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used when the ignition is switched on.

Note

The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.

Power socket*

Fig. 133 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket in the storage compartment

Electrical equipment can be connected to the socket in the vehicle.

All connected appliances should be in per- fect working order without any faults.

Maximum power consumption

Power sock- et

Maximum power consumption

12 Volts 120 Watts

The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power consumption is indicated on the rating plate of each appli- ance.

Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating of all the con- nected devices must never exceed 190 Watts .

12 volt power socket

The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment at the front of the centre con- sole Fig. 133 and only functions when the ignition is switched on.

Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi- ces connected to the power socket can only be used when the engine is running.

To prevent voltage variations from causing damage, switch off the electrical device con- nected to the 12 Volt power socket before

switching the ignition on or off and before starting the engine.

WARNING

Improper use of the socket or electrical devi- ces could lead to a fire and cause serious in- juries.

Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and equipment connected to it can be used when the ignition is switch- ed on.

Should a connected electrical device over- heat, switch it off and unplug it immediately.

CAUTION

Always follow the operating instructions for the appliances to be connected!

Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehicle's general elec- trical system.

12 volt power socket:

Only use accessories with approved elec- tromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations.

Never power the socket.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical system, never connect equipment that gener- ates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery chargers, to the 12 volt power

121

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

sockets in order to charge the vehicle's battery.

Only use accessories with approved elec- tromagnetic compatibility according to cur- rent regulations.

To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all devices connected to the 12 V socket before switching the ignition on or off and before starting the engine.

Never connect an appliance to the 12 volt power socket that consumes more than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the max- imum power absorption could damage the ve- hicle's electrical system.

For the sake of the environment

Do not leave the engine running when the ve- hicle is at a standstill.

Note

Using devices with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the bat- tery.

Unshielded equipment can cause interfer- ence on the radio equipment and the vehi- cle's electrical system.

Interference can occur on the radio's AM waveband if electrical appliances are used near the aerial.

Portable Smartphone base

Fig. 134 Assemble the universal base and the link arm.

Fig. 135 In the centre console: Close the gap for the holder of the infotainment system.

Dismantle the Smartphone

Hold the Smartphone firmly with one hand.

Press release button Fig. 135 5 until the upper arm of the universal base comes loose.

Remove the Smartphone and, in such case, loosen the electrical connectors.

Mount the Smartphone

In such case, assemble the Smartphone holder .

Connect the Smartphone.

Place the Smartphone into the lower mountings. To set the lower mountings, press button Fig. 135 4 .

Press the upper arm of the universal base until the Smartphone remains firmly in place.

Dismount the holder

In such case, dismantle the Smartphone.

Hold the universal base Fig. 134 3 and press the release button Fig. 134 4 .

Move the universal base to the right, in the opposite direction of the arrow, and disman- tle it.

Hold support arm Fig. 135 1 and press release Fig. 135 4 in the direction of the arrow.

Remove the support arm from the dash panel in an upwards direction.

122

Transport and practical equipment

Mount the holder

Insert universal base Fig. 134 3 into sockets 2 of the support arm 1 .

Move the universal base sideways in the di- rection of lock 4 until it clicks into place. .

Place support arm Fig. 135 1 in retain- ing lever Fig. 135 3 from above and press it downwards until you hear that is locked .

WARNING

If the Smartphone is not secured or is incor- rectly secured in the vehicle, it could be thrown though the passenger compartment during a sudden driving or braking manoeu- vre, just like in the event of an accident and lead to injuries.

The infotainment support system mus be mounted securely in the corresponding space of the dash panel.

The infotainment system must always be well secured in its support or kept safely in the vehicle.

CAUTION

If the lean and the angle of visibility are set up incorrectly, the Smartphone can be dam- aged.

When performing the set-up, move the Smartphone carefully and not beyond its lim- its.

CAUTION

At very high and very low temperatures, func- tioning of the Smartphone can be adversely affected or the device itself can be damaged.

Always take the Smartphone with you when you leave the vehicle to protect it from excessively high or low temperatures, as well as from intense solar radiation.

CAUTION

Humidity can damage the existing electrical connectors in the dash panel for the Smart- phone.

Do not clean the Smartphone holder while wet. Only use a dry cloth.

Note

SEAT recommends always taking your Smart- phone when you leave the vehicle so as to avoid possible theft.

Luggage compartment

Introduction

Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- tribution of the load in the vehicle have ef-

fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability .

WARNING

When the vehicle is not in use or being watched, always lock the doors and the rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

Do not leave children unwatched, especial- ly when the boot is open. Children could climb into the luggage compartment, close the rear lid from inside and be unable to es- cape themselves. This could lead to serious injury or death.

Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle.

Never transport people in the luggage com- partment.

WARNING

Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- dent. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the following:

Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always place equipment and heavy objects in the boot.

Always secure objects to the fastening rings with suitable rope or straps to prevent them from being thrown around the interior

123

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

and moving to the airbag deployment area in the event of sudden movements or accidents.

While driving, always keep object compart- ments closed.

Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle interior, in open storage compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash panel.

Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and store securely.

WARNING

The transport of heavy object changes vehi- cle handling and increases braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or se- cured correctly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury.

Vehicle handling changes when transport- ing heavy objects due to a change in the cen- tre of gravity.

Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible.

Store heavy objects in the luggage com- partment as far from the rear axle as possi- ble.

CAUTION

Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.

Note

The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be cov- ered so that used air can escape from the ve- hicle.

Folding and lifting up the rear seat bench backrest

Fig. 136 Rear seat: unlock button A ; red marking B

The rear seat backrest can be folded forward to extend the luggage compartment.

Folding the rear seat backrest forwards

Push the head restraint down as far as it will go or remove it if necessary page 48 and store it in a safe place.

Pull the unlock switch Fig. 136 A for- wards whilst simultaneously lifting the rear seat backrest.

The rear seat backrest is not engaged when the red marking of the button B is visible.

If the rear seat backrest is folded, people (including children) are not permitted to trav- el in the rear folded seats.

Folding up the rear seat backrest

Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock until it clicks se- curely into place .

The red marking on the unlock button B

must not be seen.

Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat is securely locked in position so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats.

If necessary, reinstall and readjust the head restraints page 112.

WARNING

Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without paying attention could cause serious injury.

Never fold or lift the seats while driving.

Do no trap or damage seat belts when rais- ing the seat backrest.

124

Transport and practical equipment

Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the range of the rear seat backr- ests when folding and lifting them.

All seat backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop- erly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with the rear seat back- rest in case of sudden braking, sudden ma- noeuvres or an accident.

A red signal on the button B warns that the backrest is not engaged. Always check to make sure that the red mark is not visible when the backrest of the rear seat is in the upright position.

No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or not correctly engag- ed.

CAUTION

Before folding the rear seat backrest, adjust the front seats so that neither the head re- straint or backrest hit them when folded. If necessary, remove the head restraints page 112 and store them safely.

Luggage compartment shelf*

Fig. 137 In the luggage compartment: remov- ing and installing the rear shelf

You may put light items of clothing on the rear shelf. Check that the rear view is not limi- ted.

Removing the shelf

Unhook the loops Fig. 137 B from housings A .

Extract the cover from slot C , upwards and then pull outwards.

WARNING

Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sud- den braking or an accident.

Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.

Never transport animals on the rear shelf.

Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al- ways lower it or remove it before the journey.

CAUTION

To prevent the rear shelf from being dam- aged:

Always check that the side supports are firmly engaged.

Regulate the height of the load in the lug- gage compartment to ensure the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.

125

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Luggage compartment variable floor

Fig. 138 A: open the boot variable floor. B: raised boot variable floor.

Fig. 139 C: extend the boot downward. D: ex- tend the boot forward.

Raise and lower the boot floor

To raise the floor, raise handle Fig. 138 1 in the direction of the arrow and pull from the floor all the way up Fig. 138 B.

To lower it, guide the floor downward.

Extend the boot downward

Raise the boot floor and push it downward in the rail Fig. 139 C (arrows)

Place the variable floor over the floor lining.

If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear seat forward page 124.

Extending the luggage compartment forward

Disassemble the luggage compartment tray page 125.

Disassemble the rear headrests page 48.

Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward page 124.

If necessary, expand the boot downward.

CAUTION

Do not let the luggage compartment floor fall when closing it. Always carefully guide it downward in a controlled manner. Otherwise, the lining and the floor of the boot could be damaged.

Class N1 (commercial) vehicles

For safe vehicle operation, the electrical sys- tem must work perfectly. Special attention should be paid so it is not damaged during adjustment, loading and unloading of trans- ported objects.

Fastening rings*

In the front part of the luggage compartment, there may be fastening rings to secure the luggage.

In order to use the fastening rings, they must be lifted beforehand.

126

Transport and practical equipment

WARNING

If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they may break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects could then be launched across the passenger compart- ment and cause serious or fatal injuries.

It is important to always use belts or retain- ing straps that are suitable and in a good condition.

Belts and retaining straps should be se- curely fastened to the fastening rings.

Objects in the luggage compartment that are unsecured could move suddenly and mod- ify the handling of the vehicle.

Small light objects should also be fixed in place.

A child seat should never be secured with the fastening rings.

Note

The maximum tensile load that the fasten- ing rings can support is 3.5 kN.

Belts and securing systems for the appro- priate load can be obtained from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this.

Retaining hooks

Fig. 140 In the luggage compartment: retain- ing hooks

There may be hooks in the upper left and right part of the luggage compartment.

WARNING

Never use these hooks to secure objects. In case of sudden braking or an accident, they could rupture.

CAUTION

The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg each.

Roof carrier

Introduction

The vehicle roof has been designed to opti- mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven- tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water drains.

Given that the water drains have been incor- porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea- sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports and roof carrier systems can be used.

When the roof carrier system should be re- moved:

When they are not used.

When the vehicle is being washed in a car wash.

When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi- mum height, for example, in some garages.

WARNING

The risk of an accident is increased by trans- porting heavy or bulky loads on the roof, which affects the car's handling by shifting the centre of gravity and increasing suscepti- bility to cross winds.

Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attachment rope or straps.

Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of gravity and handling.

127

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking.

Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions.

CAUTION

Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car wash.

The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the load secured on it. Compare the vehicle height with the passage height, for example in underground car parks or for garage doors.

The roof antenna and the range of the rear lid should not be affected by the roof carrier system or the load being transported.

Take extra care not to let the hatch strike the roof load when opening.

For the sake of the environment

The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof car- rier system is fitted.

Fastening the base supports and the roof carrier system

Fig. 141 Attachment points for the basic sup- ports and the roof carrier system in two-door vehicles.

Fig. 142 Attachment points for the basic sup- ports and the roof carrier system in four-door vehicles.

The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system. Special fixtures must be add- ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy-

cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. The suitable accessories can be acquired at SEAT dealerships.

Securing the base supports and roof carrier system

The roof carrier system must always be instal- led exactly according to the instructions pro- vided.

Two-door vehicles: the holes and marks indi- cating the fitting points for base front sup- ports are in the lower half of the roof struts Fig. 141 (enlarged left image). The holes and marks are only seen with the door open. The fitting marks for base rear supports are in the upper half of the windows Fig. 141 (en- larged right image).

Four-door vehicles: the holes or marks indi- cating the fitting points for base supports are in the lower half of the roof struts and can on- ly be seen with the door open Fig. 142.

The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram .

WARNING

If the base supports and the roof carrier sys- tem are incorrectly fitted or used in an unsuit- able manner, the entire system could break free causing accident and injury.

Always take the manufacturer assembly in- structions into account.

128

Transport and practical equipment

Only use base supports and roof carrier systems that are not damaged and are cor- rectly fitted.

The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram Fig. 141.

Secure the base supports and roof carrier system correctly.

Check the screws and attachments before driving and after a short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments during every break.

Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc.

Never modify or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system.

Note

Read and take into account the instructions included with the roof carrier system fitted and keep them in the vehicle.

Loading the roof carrier

Loads can only be correctly secured when the roof carrier system is correctly fitted .

Maximum authorised roof load

The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The roof load includes the weight of the base

support, the roof carrier system and the load being transported .

Always check the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the weight of the load to be transported and, if necessary, weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au- thorised roof load.

If you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi- mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for the roof carrier given in the fitting instructions.

Distributing a load

Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly .

Check attachments

After fitting the base supports and the roof carrier system, always check the attachments after a short trip and at regular intervals.

WARNING

Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents and/or vehicle dam- age.

Never surpass the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the maximum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum authorised weight of the vehicle.

Never exceed the capacity of the roof carri- er system even if this is less than the maxi- mum authorised roof load.

Secure heavy items as far forward as possi- ble and distribute the vehicle load uniformly.

WARNING

Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall from the roof carrier system causing acci- dents and injury.

Always use suitable ropes and straps in good condition.

Always secure loads correctly.

129

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Air conditioning

Heating, ventilation and cool- ing

Introduction

Read the additional information carefully page 27

One of the following systems can be installed in the vehicle:

Heating and fresh air system

Manual air conditioning

Climatronic

The heating and fresh air system heats and ventilates the passenger compartment. The heating and fresh air system cannot cool.

The manual air conditioning and the Clima- tronic cool and dehumidify the air. Its opti- mum output is achieved with the windows and the glass sunroof closed. In case of con- siderable heat build-up in the passenger compartment, ventilating this compartment can accelerate the cooling process.

Display of active functions

The luminous diodes (LED) that light up on the rotary regulators and on the buttons that indicate that the corresponding function is activated.

In the case of the Climatronic, the functions that are activated are shown on the control panel display.

WARNING

When visibility through the windows is poor, the risk of accidents or collisions taking place is increased, which can lead to serious inju- ries.

To obtain good visibility, keep the windows free of ice, snow and frost.

Set the heating, the air conditioner and the rear window defroster so that the windows do not mist over.

Only put the car in gear when there is good visibility through the windows.

Do not use the air recirculation for a long time period. With the cooling disconnected and the air recirculation connected, the win- dows can quickly mist over and seriously ob- struct visibility.

Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it is not needed.

WARNING

Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for the driver and reduce his/her capacity to con- centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci- dents and serious injuries.

Never disconnect the blower for an exten- ded time or never leave the air recirculation disconnected for an extended time, since in

the meantime, no outside fresh air shall enter the passenger compartment.

CAUTION

If the air conditioner does not work, discon- nect it immediately together with the defrost- ing/demisting function (in the case of manual air conditioning) and have the system checked out by a specialised workshop. In this way, other damage can be avoided.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the rear window defrost- er, under no circumstances should you stick any adhesives on the electrical filaments of the interior side of this defroster.

Air recirculation

In air recirculation mode, no fresh air enters the vehicle interior.

To connect the air recirculation, move the regulator towards the right or press the button .

To disconnect the air recirculation, move the regulator towards the left or press the but- ton again .

130

Air conditioning

WARNING

Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for the driver and reduce his/her capacity to con- centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci- dents and serious injuries.

Never use the air recirculation for an exten- ded time, since in the meantime, no outside fresh air shall enter the passenger compart- ment.

With the cooling disconnected and the air recirculation connected, the windows can

quickly mist over and seriously obstruct visi- bility.

Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it is not needed.

CAUTION

Do not smoke when the air recirculation is connected in vehicles with an air conditioner. Smoke taken in could settle in the cooling system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen filter, therefore leading to permanently un- pleasant odours.

Note

Climatronic: When the reverse gear is en- gaged, the air recirculation is briefly connec- ted to avoid exhaust gas from entering the passenger compartment.

Whenever the outside temperature is very high, it is essential to connect the manual air recirculation mode briefly so that the passen- ger compartment may cool down more quick- ly.

Air vents

Fig. 143 On the dash panel: air vents

To obtain heating output, sufficient cooling and ventilation in the passenger compart- ment, the air vents must remain open.

Key to the Fig. 143:

Adjustable air vents With the blades of the vents you can open and shut the vents, as well as set the direction in which you may wish the air to come out. So that the air may reach the windows as

1 expeditiously as possible, open the cor- responding vent and turn the defrost- ing/demisting position, where it shall gather.

131

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Non-adjustable air vents

There are no air vents in the foot well and in the rear area of the passenger compartment.

2 CAUTION

Never place food, medicines or other temper- ature-sensitive objects close to the air vents. Food, medicines and other objects sensitive

to heat or cold may be damaged or made un- suitable for use by the air coming from the vents.

Application tips and instructions for use

Fig. 144 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

The following application tips and instruc- tions of use shall assist you to use the sys- tems correctly.

Reasons for which the cooling is automati- cally disconnected or cannot be connected

The engine is not running.

The fan is switched off.

The air conditioner fuse is burnt out.

The ambient temperature is less than ap- proximately +3 C (+38 F).

The cooling system compressor has been temporarily disconnected due to the exces- sive temperature of the engine coolant.

Another fault in the vehicle. Turn to a speci- alised workshop and have the former check the air conditioning system.

Settings for optimum visibility

Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen clear of snow, ice or leaves to en- sure heating or cooling are not impaired, and to prevent the windows from misting over.

So that the air may circulate throughout the passenger compartment from the front area to the rear one, leave the ventilation slots un- cluttered in the rear area of the boot.

The maximum possible heating output and fastest possible elimination of ice on the win- dows shall be reached when the engine cool- ant is at operating temperature.

132

Driving

Recommended settings in case of heating and fresh air system, and manual air condi- tioning.

Disconnect the air recirculation.

Select speed o from the blower.

Put the temperature control in the inter- mediate position.

Open and direct all of the air outlets on the dash panel .

Turn the air distribution regulator to the de- sired position.

Manual air conditioning: press the button on the control panel to connect the cool-

ing. The air is dehumidified in the cooling mode.

Recommended settings in case of Climatron- ic

Press the button on the control panel.

Set the temperature to +22 C (+72 F).

Open the air vents on the dash panel and direct them.

Maximum cooling or heating output in case of Climatronic

While in gear, the maximum cooling and heating output is set by pressing button 1

or 2 several times Fig. 144. The tempera- ture is not regulated.

Maximum cooling output: set the cooling below +16 C (+60 F). The following appears on the screen LO.

Maximum heating output: set the cooling above +29 C (+84 F). The following appears on the screen HI.

Dust and pollen filter

The dirt and pollen filter must be changed regularly so that the air conditioning output does not decrease.

If the vehicle is used frequently in areas where the outside air is very contaminated, it is possible that you may have to change the filter prior to the next suggested service.

Water under the vehicle

When the outside humidity and ambient tem- perature are high, it is possible that conden- sation water may drip from the cooling evap- orator and a puddle may from below the vehi- cle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak!

Driving

Steering

Introduction

The power steering* is not hydraulic but elec- tromechanical. The advantage of this steer- ing system is that it disposes of hydraulic tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and oth- er components. The electromechanical sys- tem saves fuel. While a hydraulic system re- quires oil pressure to be maintained, electro- mechanical steering only requires energy when the steering wheel is turned.

With the power steering system, the assisted steering function automatically adjusts ac- cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- que and the wheel turning angle. The power steering only works when the engine is run- ning.

WARNING

If the power steering is not working then the steering wheel is much more difficult to turn and the vehicle more difficult to control.

The power steering only works when the engine is running.

Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off.

Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may

133

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.

Control and warning lamps

It lights up red

Power steer- ing faulty.

The steering system should be checked by a specialised workshop as soon as possible.

It lights up yellow

Power steer- ing opera- tion re- duced.

The steering system should be checked by a specialised workshop as soon as possible. If, after restarting the engine and driv- ing for a short distance, the yellow warning lamp no longer comes on, it will not be necessary to take the vehicle to a specialised workshop.

Flashes red

Fault in the steering col- umn elec- tronic lock.

Do not drive on! Seek professional advice.

It flashes yellow

Steering col- umn devia- tion.

Gently turn the steering wheel to and fro.

It flashes yellow

Steering wheel not unlocked or locked.

Remove the key from the ignition and then switch the ignition back on. If nec- essary, check the messages displayed on the instrument panel display. Do not drive on, if the steering column remains locked after the ignition has been switched on. Seek specialist assis- tance.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Information on the steering

To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the steering before leaving the vehicle.

Steering column mechanical lock

Lock the steering column by removing the key from the ignition when the vehicle is stopped.

Please engage steer- ing lock

Unlocking the steering

Parking the vehicle page 137.

Insert the key in the igni- tion lock.

Remove the key from the ignition.

Turn the steering wheel slightly to release the steering lock.

Turn the steering wheel slightly until you hear the steering lock.

Hold the steering wheel in this position and switch on the ignition.

Electromechanical power steering

With the power steering system, the assisted steering function automatically adjusts ac- cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- que and the wheel turning angle. The power steering only works when the engine is run- ning.

You should remember that you will need con- siderably more power than normal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not work- ing correctly or not at all.

134

Driving

Stopping and starting the en- gine

Switching on the ignition and starting the engine

Fig. 145 Vehicle key positions

Read the additional information carefully page 20

Immobiliser display

When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault, is displayed on the instru- ment panel. The engine cannot be started.

Pushing or towing

For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is pref- erable.

Key not authorised for the vehicle

If a key which is not authorised for this vehi- cle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be removed as follows:

Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be re- moved from the ignition lock. Press and re- lease the selector lever locking button. Key can be removed from the vehicle.

Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the ignition.

WARNING

Switching off the engine while driving makes stopping the vehicle difficult. As a conse- quence you may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.

The assisted braking and steering systems, the airbag system, seat belts and certain safety equipment are only active while the engine is running.

The engine should only be switched off when the vehicle is at a standstill.

WARNING

While the engine is running or starting it could help reduce the risk of serious injury.

Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, col- ourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose consciousness. It can also cause death.

Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle could move off suddenly or something unexpected could happen resulting in damage and serious in- jury.

Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays could explode or increase the engine speed unexpectedly.

WARNING

The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.

Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc).

Never apply additional underseal or anti- corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex- haust system.

WARNING

Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key could result in serious injury.

Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. If not, the engine could accidentally be started and electrical equip- ment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. Passengers could be trapped

135

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

in the car in an emergency and not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de- pending on the time of the year, tempera- tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.

CAUTION

An attempt to start the engine while driving or starting the engine immediately after turn- ing it off can cause damage to the engine or starter motor.

When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do not make the engine work hard.

Do not push or tow start the engine. Un- burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con- verter.

For the sake of the environment

Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start driving immediately if the visibility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating tem- perature faster and reduces emissions.

Note

If the key is left in the ignition lock with the engine off for long periods, the vehicle bat- tery will run flat.

For automatic gearbox vehicles, the key can only be removed from the ignition lock if the gear selector lever is in position N. In this case, press and release the selector lever locking button.

Electrical devices with a high power con- sumption are switched off temporarily when the engine starts.

When the engine is started cold, there may be strong vibrations for a few moments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.

Natural gas engines always start up with petrol, as a certain operating temperature is required for running with gas. Once the re- quired operating temperature is reached, the engine will change to operate with natural gas.

Stopping the engine

Switching off the engine

Stop the vehicle .

Turn the ignition key to position 1

Fig. 145.

Engaging the steering wheel lock

In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the igni- tion key can only be removed when the selec- tor lever is in position N.

Remove the key from the ignition in posi- tion 1 Fig. 145 .

Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en- gage.

Possible vehicle theft is prevented with the steering lock engaged.

WARNING

Never switch off the engine while the vehicle is moving. You may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.

The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is switched off.

The brake servo does not work with the en- gine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be pressed with more force.

As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally.

If the key is removed from the ignition, the steering may lock and it will not be possible to steer the vehicle.

136

Driving

CAUTION

If the engine has been driven at high speed for a prolonged period of time, it may over- heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam- age, allow the engine to run for approximate- ly 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.

Note

After stopping the engine, the engine com- partment fan may continue running for a few minutes, even when the ignition has been switched off or the key removed. The radiator fan is automatically switched off.

Electronic immobiliser

The gear lock prevents the engine from being started with an unauthorised key and the ve- hicle being moved.

The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It auto- matically deactivates the electronic immobil- iser when the key is inserted into the ignition lock.

The electronic immobilizer will be activated again automatically as soon as you remove the key from the ignition lock.

For this reason, the vehicle can only be used with a genuine SEAT key with the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT dealerships page 92.

If an unauthorised key is used, the signal appears on the instrument panel display. The vehicle cannot be started in this case

Note

The correct operation of the vehicle is only guaranteed when original SEAT keys are used.

Braking and parking

Introduction

The assisted brake systems are the electron- ic distribution of braking force (EBV), the an- ti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist system (BAS), the electronic differential lock (EDL), traction control (TC)*, the traction con- trol system (ASR) and the electronic stability control (ESC*).

WARNING

Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty brake system may lead to serious accident.

If you believe the brake pads to be worn or the brake system to be faulty, immediately refer to a specialised workshop to check the brake pads and replace the worn ones.

WARNING

Careless parking can cause serious injury.

Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock may engage and lock the steering wheel mak- ing the vehicle impossible to control.

Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.).

Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when you park.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They could release the electronic parking brake, activate the selec- tor lever or gear stick and start the vehicle moving. This could result in a serious acci- dent.

Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The engine could acci- dentally be started and electrical equipment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.

Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could be trapped in the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de- pending on the time of the year, tempera- tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.

137

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

CAUTION

Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper or other parts of the ve- hicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb.

Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.

Control and warning lamps

It lights up

Handbrake applied. page 141.

It lights up

Fault in the brake system

Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 142.

Brake fluid level in- adequate.

Do not drive on! Check brake fluid level page 194.

Together with the ABS control lamp : ABS and EBV do not function.

Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 142.

It lights up

ESC* disconnected by system.

Switching the ignition on and off If necessary, drive for a short dis- tance.

Fault in ESC*. Contact a specialised workshop.

Together with the ABS control lamp : Fault in the ABS.

Contact a specialised workshop. The vehicle can be braked with- out ABS.

The battery has been reconnected.

page 196.

It lights up

Traction Control* faulty or switched off by the system.

Contact a specialised workshop.

It lights up

Together with the ESC* control lamp : Fault in the ABS.

Contact a specialised workshop. The vehicle can be braked with- out ABS.

Together with the warning lamp : ABS and EBV do not function.

Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 142.

Flashes

ESC* or ASR regulat- ing.

Take your foot off the accelera- tor. Adjust your driving style to the road conditions.

Flashes

Traction Control* regulator operating.

Take your foot off the accelera- tor. Adjust your driving style to the road conditions.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

WARNING

Driving with brakes in bad condition could re- sult in a serious accident.

If the brake warning lamp does not go out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault in the brake system. Obtain profes- sional assistance immediately page 194, Checking the brake fluid level.

If the brake warning lamp lights up to- gether with the ABS warning lamp , the regulation function of the ABS could be mal- functioning. As a result, the rear wheels can lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear

138

Driving

wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce your speed and drive carefully to a specialised workshop close by to check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.

If the ABS warning lamp does not go out or if it lights while driving, the ABS is mal- functioning. The vehicle can only be stopped using normal braking without ABS. The pro- tection provided by the ABS is not available. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as pos- sible.

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Brake assist systems

The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only operate when the ignition is switched on. They contribute significantly to increasing active safety.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)*

ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increa- ses the vehicle stability by braking individual wheels under specific driving conditions. ESC* detects critical handling situations,

such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on the driven wheels. The system stabilises the vehicle by braking individual wheels or by reducing the engine torque.

The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise that ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys- ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all sit- uations with which drivers may be faced. For example, if the road surface changes sudden- ly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If the vehicle suddenly enters a section cov- ered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will not provide assistance in the same way as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the ground and moves on a film of water (aqua- planing), the ESC* will not be able to help the driver control the vehicle due to the loss of adherence with the road surface prevent- ing braking and steering. If the vehicle is driven through series of bends at high speed, the ESC* will not always be as effec- tive: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driv- ing is not the same as at reduced speeds.

Adjust your speed and driving style to suit visibility, and weather, road and traffic condi- tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws of physics; improve the transmission availa- ble or maintain the vehicle on the road if a lack of driver attention creates an inevitable situation. Otherwise, ESC* assists in main- taining vehicle control in extreme situations

and uses the movements of the steering made by the driver to maintain the vehicle moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a speed that it will leave the road before ESC* can intervene then the sys- tem cannot provide assistance.

The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in- corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is always on1).

Anti-lock system (ABS)

ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur- ing braking until just before the vehicle stops thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle and maintain control. This means that, even during full braking, the risk of skidding is re- duced:

Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not remove your foot from the brake pedal or re- duce braking force!

Do not pump the brake pedal, or reduce braking force!

Maintain vehicle direction when braking fully.

When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off.

ABS control can be observed by vibration of the brake pedal and noise. You should never

1) Depending on the version. 139

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis- tance under any circumstances. This distance will increase when driving on gravel, recent snow or on icy or slippery ground.

Brake assist system (BAS)

The brake assist system may reduce the re- quired braking distance. The brake assist system boosts the braking force if you press the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As a result, the braking pressure increases rap- idly, the braking force is multiplied and the braking distance is reduced. This enables the ABS to be activated more quickly and effec- tively.

Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced, braking assist au- tomatically turns off the brake servo.

Traction control system (ASR) or Traction Control (TC)*

In the event of wheelspin, the traction control system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque to match the amount of grip available. The ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for example, when starting, accelerating or go- ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condi- tions.

Electronic differential lock (EDS)

EDL is available when driving in straight lines under normal conditions. When the EDL de- tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel and directs the power to the other one. To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts out automati- cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake has cooled down.

WARNING

Driving at high speed on icy, slippery or wet ground can result in loss of vehicle control and serious injury to the driver and passen- gers.

Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. Even though the brake assist systems, ABS, BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more securi- ty, do not take unnecessary risks while driv- ing.

Brake assist systems can not overcome the laws of physics. Even with ESC* and other systems, slippery and wet roads will always be dangerous.

Driving to quickly on wet ground can result in the wheels losing contact with the ground in an effect known as aquaplaning. Without adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle.

Brake assist systems cannot avoid acci- dents if, for example, the driver does not re-

spect safety distances or drives to quickly in difficult conditions.

Even though brake assist systems are ex- tremely effective and help control the vehicle in difficult situations, remember that the ve- hicle stability depends on tyre grip.

When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice or snow, press the acceler- ator carefully. The wheels can still slip even with brake assist systems resulting in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

The effectiveness of the ESC* can be consid- erably reduced if other components and sys- tems affecting driving dynamics are not main- tained or are not functioning correctly. This includes, among others, brakes, tyres and other systems already mentioned.

Remember that changing and fitting other components to the vehicle can affect opera- tion of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*.

Changes to the vehicle suspension or using unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can af- fect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL and ESC* and their effectiveness.

Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de- pends on the use of suitable tyres page 199.

140

Driving

Note

To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work properly, all four wheels must be fitted with identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not de- sired.

If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be affec- ted.

Noises may be heard while any of the above systems are operating.

Handbrake

Fig. 146 Between the front seats: handbrake.

Using the handbrake

Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever while pressing the button.

The handbrake is applied when the control lamp lights up on the instrument panel

page 138 when the ignition is switched on.

Releasing the handbrake

Pull gently in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever and press the lock button Fig. 146 (arrow).

Move the handbrake lever downwards keeping the lock button pressed.

WARNING

The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident.

Never use the handbrake to brake the vehi- cle except in an emergency. The braking dis- tance is considerably longer, because braking is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use the foot brake.

Never drive with the handbrake gently ap- plied. This can overheat the brake, affecting the brakes system. This also causes prema- ture wear on the rear brake pads.

Never accelerate from the engine compart- ment with the engine running and a gear en- gaged. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.

Note

If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake applied, an audible warning is sounded.

Parking

When parking your vehicle, all legal require- ments should be observed.

To park the vehicle

Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Park the vehicle on a suitable surface .

Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve- hicle comes to a standstill.

Apply the handbrake firmly page 141.

For an automatic gearbox, move the selec- tor lever to position N.

Switch off the engine and release the brake pedal.

Remove the key from the ignition.

If necessary, turn the steering wheel slight- ly to lock the steering.

With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear on hills, and release the clutch pedal.

Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi- cle, especially children.

When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.

Lock the vehicle.

141

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Additional information for steep slopes and hills

Before switching off the engine, rotate the steering wheel so that if the vehicle should move, it will be held by the kerb.

On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the kerb.

Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of the road.

WARNING

The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.

Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel).

CAUTION

Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob- jects protruding from the ground may dam- age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb.

Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.

Information on the brakes

For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake pads have not yet reached their maximum braking capacity, and need to be run in first . The slightly reduced braking effect can be compensated for by increasing pres- sure on the brake pedal. While running in, the full braking distance or emergency brak- ing distance is larger then when the brake pads have been run in. While running in, avoid full power braking or situations requir- ing braking performance. For example, in heavy traffic.

The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions in which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport style, visit a specialised workshop regularly, more frequently than advised in the Maintenance Programme, to have the brake pads checked.

If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af- ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall or even after washing the car, the effect of the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher speed, dry the brakes as quickly as possi- ble by braking gently several times. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users .

A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes

and increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted roads without braking then brake carefully several times to eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes .

If the vehicle remains parked for considera- ble lengths of time, is used little, or if the brakes are not used, there may be corrosion on the brake discs and a build up of dirt on the brake pads. If the brakes are not used fre- quently, or if rust has formed on the discs, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod- erately high speed. Only do this without en- dangering vehicles behind you or any other road users .

Faults in the brake system

During braking, if you notice that the vehicle does not react as usual (that the braking dis- tance has increased suddenly) it may be pos- sible that there is a fault in the braking sys- tem. This is indicated by the warning lamp . Take the vehicle to a specialised work- shop immediately and have the fault re- paired. Drive at a moderate speed and be prepared to use more pressure on the brake pedal, and allow for longer stopping distan- ces.

Brake servo

The brake servo only operates when the en- gine is running and the pressure applied by the driver on the brake pedal increases.

142

Driving

If the brake servo does not operate or the ve- hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate .

WARNING

New brake pads do not brake to full efficien- cy.

For the first 320 km, new brake pads have not yet reached their maximum braking ca- pacity, and need to be run in first. For this, to compensate for reduced braking efficiency the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force.

To avoid losing control of the vehicle and causing serious accidents, always take great care when driving with new brake pads.

When running in new brake pads, always respect the safety distances between you and other vehicles and do not cause situations re- quiring extreme braking performance.

WARNING

When brakes overheat, braking is less effi- cient and braking distances increase.

When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat quickly.

Reduce speed or change down a gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system.

Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to the brakes and cause them to overheat.

WARNING

Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon- ger to engage and this increases braking dis- tances.

Test the brakes carefully.

Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by braking gently several times, when visibility, weather, and road and traffic conditions per- mit.

WARNING

Driving without the brake servo may signifi- cantly increase the braking distance and re- sult in a severe accident.

Never allow the vehicle to move forwards when the engine is switched off.

If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate.

CAUTION

Never make the brakes slip by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will heat the brakes. This could signifi- cantly reduce braking power, increase brak-

ing distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.

Reduce speed or change down a gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system. Other- wise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.

Note

Make use, when having the front brake pads checked, and have the rear pads checked al- so. The thickness of the brake pads should be checked visually and regularly, by looking through the openings in the wheel rims or from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, re- move the wheels to check them thoroughly. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- nical service.

Changing gear

Introduction

When reverse gear is engaged and the igni- tion is switched on the following takes place:

Reverse lights light up.

The rear wiper blade performs one move- ment when the windscreen wiper is activa- ted.

143

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

If necessary, connect the parking distance warning system.

WARNING

Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and considerable damage.

Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, weather, road conditions and traffic permit.

WARNING

Do not allow the brakes to rub for a pro- longed period of time, or brake frequently or for long periods of time. Continuous braking heats up the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase braking dis- tance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.

Control and warning lamps

It lights up red

Fault in the auto- matic gearbox.

Do not drive on! Seek professional advice. Failure to do so could result in considerable damage to the transmission page 147.

It lights up yellow

In the automatic gearbox the gears can en- gage incorrectly.

Switch the ignition on and off. When the control lamp does not light up, find the nearest special- ised workshop and have the auto- matic gearbox checked.

The automatic gearbox over- heats temporari- ly.

Let the transmission cool with the gearbox lever in the position . When the control lamp does not light up, find the nearest special- ised workshop and have the auto- matic gearbox checked.

It lights up

Place the automatic gearbox lever in the position and do not press the brake pedal.

Press the brake pedal to select a gear range.

Together with the yel- low control lamp for the temperature of the transmission : the automatic gearbox overheats.

Press brake pedal and let the transmission cool. Avoid pressing the accelerator. When the control lamp does not light up, find the nearest special- ised workshop and have the automatic gearbox checked.

Together with the turn signal display in the instrument panel dis- play: the automatic gearbox lever is not in the position , indica- tion to start the en- gine.

Move the gearbox lever to the position and start the en- gine.

Flashes

An automatic gearbox in the vehicle does not guarantee that the vehicle will not roll away.

Apply the handbrake.

Flashes

In the instrument pan- el display, in addition to the control lamp re- questing the brake pedal to be pressed : indicated for start- ing the engine.

Move the gearbox lever to the position and start the en- gine.

On the instrument panel display: Whilst driving in a forward di- rection, try to move the automatic gearbox lever to the position .

Stop the vehicle and move the gearbox lever to the position in order to subsequently change to the position .

On the instrument panel display: The au- tomatic gearbox lever was placed in the po- sition or , but the brake pedal was not pressed.

Press the brake pedal, move the gearbox lever to the posi- tion , and subsequently to the required position or .

When switching on the ignition some warn- ing and indication lamps light up for a short time to check the operations. They will switch off after a few seconds.

144

Driving

Manual gear change

Fig. 147 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- ual gearbox

Read the additional information carefully page 26

Shifting down a gear

Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im- mediately preceding the current gear and at an engine speed that is not excessive . At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skip- ping one or various gears when shifting down a gear can cause damage to the clutch and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not en- gaged during the process .

WARNING

When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a gear is engaged and the clutch released.

Never engage the reverse gear when a vehi- cle is moving forward.

WARNING

As a consequence of shifting down a gear in- correctly, you may lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious conse- quences.

CAUTION

If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, the gear lever is shifted down to a gear that is too low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gearbox. This may also happen if you press the clutch pedal and it does not en- gage.

CAUTION

To prevent damage and avoid premature wear, please observe the following:

While driving, do not leave your hand rest- ing on the gear stick. The pressure applied by your hand is transmitted to the gearbox se- lector forks.

Always ensure that the vehicle is complete- ly stopped before engaging the reverse gear.

When changing gear, always make sure the clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor.

Never hold the vehicle on the clutch on hills with the engine on.

Automatic gear change

Fig. 148 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears

Read the additional information carefully page 26

Put the selector lever into position N for:

Starting up the engine

Remove the key from the ignition switch

Engage the steering wheel lock

Move the selector lever to the D or R position to:

Park the vehicle

Repair a puncture

Changing a wheel

To move the gear selector lever from the posi- tion N to D or to R, first press and hold the brake pedal.

145

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

In the instrument panel display, with the igni- tion switched on, the selected gear range or the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.

- Reverse gear

Reverse gear is selected. Engage only when the vehicle is stopped.

- Neutral

The gearbox is in neutral. No movement is transmitted to the wheels and the engine does not act as a brake.

- Standard driving position

The gears are changed (up and down) auto- matically. The gear shifts are determined by the engine load, your individual driving style and the speed of the vehicle.

- Tiptronic driving position (manual shift programme)

All gears can be changed (up and down) manually page 146. This is possible as long as the system is not changing gear auto- matically due to a traffic situation.

WARNING

Placing the selector lever in an incorrect posi- tion may cause loss of control of the vehicle and a serious accident.

Do not press the accelerator when engag- ing a range of gears.

With the engine running and a gear range selected, the vehicle will move when the ac- celerator is pressed.

Never engage reverse gear while driving.

Unintentional movements of the vehicle could cause serious injury.

As a driver, you should never leave your ve- hicle if the engine is running and a gear range is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while the engine is running, you must always apply the handbrake and put the selector lev- er in position N.

Never engage the R gear range when the vehicle is moving.

Never leave the vehicle without applying the handbrake. With the engine running the vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear range selected.

Note

If, while driving, the selector lever is acciden- tally placed in position N, lift your foot off the accelerator. Wait until the engine is running at idle speed before selecting a new gear range.

Engaging gear with Tiptronic

Fig. 149 Lever in the Tiptronic position

With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up or down manually with the automatic gear- box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro- gramme, the vehicle remains in the currently selected gear. This is possible as long as the system is not changing gear automatically due to a traffic situation.

Using Tiptronic

Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M in Auto- matic gear change on page 146.

Press the lever forwards + or backwards to move up or down a gear Fig. 149.

Place the lever back to the position M to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave Tiptronic mode in Automatic gear change on page 146.

146

Driving

With the lever in the position D, and pressing forwards + or backwards the Tiptronic programme can be selected M.

CAUTION

When accelerating, the gearbox automati- cally shifts up into the next gear shortly be- fore the maximum engine speed is reached.

When reducing speed manually, the gear- box only shifts gear when the engine can no longer exceed the maximum engine speed.

Driving with automatic gearbox

The gearbox changes gear ratios automatical- ly as the vehicle moves.

Driving down hills

The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need to select. The lowest gears in- crease the engine braking work. Never go down hills with the selector lever in neutral N.

You should reduce speed accordingly.

Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M page 146.

Gently pull the selector lever back to change down a gear.

Starting when going up a slope

The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need.

When stopping on a slope with a gear range engaged, the vehicle must be prevented from rolling backwards by always pressing the brake pedal or pulling the handbrake lever up. When starting, release the brake pedal or the handbrake .

Kick-down

The kickdown system provides maximum ac- celeration when the gear selector lever is in the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M.

When the accelerator pedal is pressed right down, the automatic gearbox will shift down to a lower gear, depending on road speed and engine speed. This takes advantage of the maximum acceleration of the vehicle .

When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear only after the engine reaches the specified maximum engine speed.

WARNING

Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and serious injury.

Always adapt your driving style to suit the flow of traffic.

Only use the kick-down function or rapid acceleration if visibility, weather, road and traffic conditions so permit.

Never put other road users in danger by ac- celerating or with your driving style.

CAUTION

If you stop on a hill with a gear range engag- ed, do not try to prevent the vehicle from roll- ing back by pressing on the accelerator. Oth- erwise, the automatic gearbox may overheat causing damage.

Automatic gearbox malfunction

Back-up programme

When automatic gearbox warning and indica- tion lamps light up on the instrument panel, there may be a system malfunction page 143. In the event of some faults the automatic gearbox functions using a backup programme. When the programme is activa- ted, it is possible to drive the vehicle, howev- er, at low speeds and within a selected range of gears.

With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is not possible to drive with all the gears.

In all cases the automatic gearbox must be checked at a specialised workshop.

147

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Automatic gearbox overheating

The automatic gearbox can overheat with a prolonged start up, or when stopping and starting continuously. This overheating is dis- played with a warning lamp in the instru- ment panel. Additionally, an audible warning can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool .

The vehicle moves forward or back despite having selected a gear range

When the vehicle does not move in the re- quired direction, the system may not have the gear range correctly engaged. Press the brake pedal and engage the gear range again. If the vehicle still does not move in the required direction, there is a system malfunc- tion. Seek specialist assistance and have the system checked.

CAUTION

When the gearbox is displayed as overheat- ing for the first time, the vehicle must be parked safely or must be driven at a speed of more than 20 km/h (12 mph).

When the warning lamp lights up and the audible warning is heard, the vehicle must be parked safely and the engine switched off. Let the gearbox cool down.

To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving must only be continued when the warning lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox

is overheated, starting up and driving, even at a slow speed should be avoided.

Recommended gear display

In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is displayed on the instrument panel:

Display Meaning

Optimum gear.

Recommendation to change up a gear.

Recommendation to change down a gear.

WARNING

The recommended gear display is intended as a guideline only; it should never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully.

Responsibility for selecting the correct gear for each situation continues to lie with the driver, for example when overtaking or climb- ing a hill.

For the sake of the environment

Selecting the most appropriate gear for the situation will help you to save fuel.

Note

The recommended gear display is switched off when the clutch pedal is pressed.

Run-in and economical driving

Running in

Please observe the instructions for running-in new components.

Running-in the engine

The engine needs to be run in over the first 1,500 km. During its first few hours of run- ning, the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on when all the moving parts have bedded down.

How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 km influences the future engine perform- ance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be driven at a moderate speed, espe- cially when the engine is cold, as this will re- duce engine wear and increase its useful life. Never drive at extremely low engine speeds. Change down to a lower gear when the en- gine no longer runs smoothly. Up to 1,000 kilometres the following instructions apply:

Do not use full throttle.

Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed.

148

Driving

Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, gradu- ally increase power until reaching the maxi- mum speed and high engine speeds.

Running in new tyres and brake pads

Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres page 199

Notes on the brakes page 137

For the sake of the environment

If the engine is run in gently, the life of the engine will be increased and the engine oil consumption reduced.

Environmental compatibility

Environmental protection is a top priority in the design, choice of materials and manufac- ture of your new SEAT.

Constructive measures to encourage recy- cling

Joints and connections designed for easy dismantling

Modular construction to facilitate disman- tling

Increased use of single-grade materials.

Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and ISO 1629.

Choice of materials

Use of recycled materials.

Use of compatible plastics in the same part if its components are not easily separated.

Use of recycled materials and/or materials originating from renewable sources.

Reduction of volatile components, includ- ing odour, in plastic materials.

Use of CFC-free coolants.

Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa- valent chromium.

Manufacturing methods

Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the protective wax for cavities.

Use of plastic film as protection during ve- hicle transport.

Use of solvent-free adhesives.

Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys- tems.

Recycling and energy recovery from resi- dues (RDF).

Improvement in the quality of waste water.

Use of systems for the recovery of residual heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, etc.).

The use of water-soluble paints.

Economical and environmentally friendly driving

Fig. 150 Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km at 2 different outside temperatures

Fuel consumption, environmental impact and engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely on three factors:

Personal driving style.

Conditions of use (weather, road surface).

Technical requirements.

Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are possible with an appropriate driving style and the adoption of certain simple tips.

Changing gear early

General instructions: The highest gear is al- ways the most economical. As a guide, for most vehicles at a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph), drive in third gear, at 40 km/h

149

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

(25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear.

In addition, skipping gears when shifting up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic conditions permitting.

Do not wait until the last moment before changing gear. Only use first gear when you move off and change to second gear quickly. Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with automatic gearbox.

Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve an economical driving style as the display in- dicates the best moment to change gear.

Let the vehicle roll

If you take your foot off the accelerator, the fuel supply is stopped and consumption is reduced.

Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, for example when approaching a red traffic light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en- gine will then operate at idle speed.

If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex- ample, while waiting at a level crossing.

Think ahead and flow with the traffic

Frequent acceleration and braking considera- bly increase fuel consumption. If you think

ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accel- erator. This eliminates the need for constant braking and acceleration.

Calm and steady driving

Constancy is more important than speed: The more you drive at a constant speed, the lower the fuel consumption.

When driving on the motorway, it is more effi- cient to drive at a constant and more moder- ate speed than to be continuously accelerat- ing and braking. As a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when you drive at a constant speed.

The cruise control function helps you to ach- ieve a constant style of driving.

Moderate use of additional devices

It is important to travel in comfort, but con- venience systems should be used ecological- ly.

Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considerably, for example:

Air conditioning cooling system: If the air conditioning system is required to cool to significantly lower temperatures than the true outside temperature, it will require a large amount of energy from the engine. Therefore, we recommend that the selected temperature

for the vehicle is not too different to the out- side temperature. It is a good idea to air the vehicle before starting your journey and to drive a short distance with the windows open. Then you can close the windows and switch on the air conditioning. Keep windows closed when travelling at high speeds. Driv- ing with the windows open increases fuel consumption.

Switch off the seat heating when the seats have warmed up.

Switch off the heated rear window when it is not moist or covered in ice.

Avoid short journeys

Fuel consumption is much higher when the engine is cold, immediately after it has been started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for the engine to warm up and to normalise consumption.

The engine and catalytic converter need to reach their proper working temperature in or- der to minimise fuel consumption and emis- sions. The ambient temperature has a deci- sive influence.

Fig. 150 shows the difference in consump- tion for the same journey at +20 C (+68 F) and at -10 C (+14 F).

Therefore, unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine trips.

150

Driving

The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in summer, even when other conditions are the same.

The engine takes a long time to warm up when it is idling. In addition, mechanical wear and pollutant emissions are also espe- cially high during this initial warm-up phase. It is therefore best to drive off immediately af- ter starting the engine. Doing this avoids run- ning the engine at a high speed.

Adjusting type pressures.

Having the correct pressure in your tyres helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2 bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel.

When you buy new tyres, make sure they are optimised for minimum rolling resistance.

Use low friction engine oil

The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, known as low friction engine oil, helps to re- duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the resistance caused by friction in the engine, they flow around the engine more quickly and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys.

Always check the engine oil level and ob- serve service intervals (engine oil change in- tervals).

When purchasing engine oil, always observe legal requirements and ensure that the oil is approved by SEAT.

Avoid carrying unnecessary loads

The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and ecological the driving style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km.

Remove any unnecessary objects or loads from the vehicle.

Remove optional equipment and unnecessa- ry accessories

The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the fuel consumption. Optional equipment and accessories (such as roof racks or bike carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of the vehicle.

Therefore, we recommend you remove all op- tional and unnecessary equipment and racks, especially if you intend to drive at high speeds.

Other factors which increase fuel consump- tion (examples):

Fault in engine management.

Driving on hills.

WARNING

Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.

Engine management and ex- haust gas purification system

Introduction

WARNING

The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire.

Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass).

Never apply additional underseal or anti- corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex- haust system.

Control and warning lamps

It lights up

fault in the pet- rol engine man- agement.

Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop as soon as possible and have the engine checked.

151

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

It lights up

Fault in the emission control system.

Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest specialised workshop to have the engine checked.

Flashes

Combustion fault which could damage the cat- alytic converter.

Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest specialised workshop to have the engine checked.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

CAUTION

Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and in- structions to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Note

Whereas the control lamps may remain lit or , there may be engine problems, fuel consumption may increase and the engine may lose power

Catalytic converter

The catalytic converter permits the subse- quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer working life for the exhaust system and catalytic converter in a petrol en- gine:

Always use unleaded petrol.

Never run the fuel tank completely dry.

Do not top up with too much engine oil page 188.

Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter cables page 43.

If you should notice misfiring, uneven run- ning or loss of power when the car is moving, reduce speed immediately. Have the car in- spected by a specialised workshop. If this happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust system and escape into the atmosphere. The catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.

For the sake of the environment

Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a smell of sulphur under certain conditions. This de- pends on the sulphur content of the fuel used.

Driving tips

Driving abroad

In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force relating to ex- haust gas emissions, which differ from the technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be- fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you consult a technical service about the legal re- quirements and the following points:

Does the vehicle need technical modifica- tions for driving abroad, for example, adjust- ment of the headlamps?

Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag- nostics equipment and spare parts required for inspections and repairs?

Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina- tion country?

For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail- able at the right octane rating?

For diesel engines: is diesel fuel available with a low sulphur content?

Are a suitable engine oil ( page 188) and other engine fluids complying with SEAT specifications available in the destination country?

Are special tyres required in the destination country?

152

Driver assistance systems

CAUTION

SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quali- ty fuel, an inadequate service or the non- availability of genuine spare parts.

Driving along flooded roadways

To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv- ing through water, for example, along a floo- ded road, please observe the following:

Check the depth of the water before enter- ing the flooded zone. The water should never come above the lower edge of the bodywork .

Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.

Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear or switch off the engine.

Oncoming traffic will cause waves which raise the level of the water, making it difficult to cross the water.

Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever crossing water.

WARNING

When driving through water, mud, melted snow, etc., please remember that due to damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in win- ter, the braking effect may be delayed, there- fore the required braking distance is greater.

Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- lations in the process.

After driving through water, avoid sudden sharp manoeuvres.

CAUTION

Driving through flooded areas may severely damage vehicle components such as the en- gine, transmission, drive train or electrical system.

Never drive through salt water as salt cau- ses corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the vehicle which have been in contact with salt water.

Driver assistance systems

Parking distance warning sys- tem*

Introduction

The parking distance warning system assists the driver when parking. If the rear of the ve- hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit- tent audible warning is emitted. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals be- tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible warning becomes con- stant.

If you continue to approach an obstacle when the sound is continuous, this means the sys- tem can no longer measure the distance.

Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound signal (transmission, reflection from the ob- stacles and reception), this system continu- ously calculates the distance between the bumper and the obstacle.

WARNING

The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver's assessment of the situa- tion.

The sensors have blind spots in which ob- stacles and people are not registered.

153

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Always observe the area around the vehi- cle, as the sensors do not always detect small children, animals or objects.

The surface of certain objects and some clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals from the parking distance system. The sys- tem cannot detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these types of clothes.

External sound sources can affect the park- ing distance aid signals. In this case, under certain circumstances, people and objects will not be detected.

CAUTION

The sensors may not always be able to de- tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, etc. This could result in damage to your car.

Although the parking distance warning sys- tem detects and warns of the presence of an obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from the angle of measurement of the sensors if it is too high or low and the system would no longer show it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the parking sensor system could cause consider- able damage to the vehicle.

The bumper sensors may become damaged or misaligned, for example, when parking.

To ensure that the system works properly, the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free of ice and snow and uncovered.

When cleaning the sensors with high-pres- sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the sensors briefly at a distance of no less than 10 cm.

Different sources of noise can produce er- rors in the parking distance warning system, e.g. parking distance warning systems from other vehicles, inductive loops or construc- tion works machines.

Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with the function of the parking distance warning system.

Parking distance warning system

Fig. 151 Parking distance warning system sensors on the rear bumper

The sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear bumper Fig. 151.

Switching the parking distance warning sys- tem on and off

Switching on: With the ignition switched on, select reverse gear. A short audible warn- ing confirms that the parking distance warn- ing system is switched on and functioning.

Switching off: Release reverse gear.

Special features of the parking distance warning system

The parking distance warning system sometimes registers water on the sensors as an obstacle.

If the distance does not change, the warn- ing signal will sound less loudly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the volume will remain constant.

When the vehicle moves away from the ob- stacle, the beeping sound automatically switches off. When getting close again, it re- connects.

Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals.

Note

A fault in the parking distance warning sys- tem is indicated through a brief audible warn- ing that is constant for about 3 seconds when switching it on the first time. Check the park- ing distance warning system at a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.

154

Driver assistance systems

Optical parking system* (OPS)

Fig. 152 On-screen OPS display: A has de- tected an obstacle in the collision zone; B

has detected an obstacle in the segment; C

zone recorded behind the vehicle.

The optical parking system is an extension of the parking distance warning system page 154.

The area recorded by the sensors behind the vehicle is visible on the radio screen. Any ob- stacles are displayed in relation to the vehi- cle .

Function Necessary operations

Switching the display on:

Switching on the page 154 park- ing distance warning system. The OPS switches on automatically.

Switching the display off man- ually:

Release reverse gear.

Zones explored

Behind the vehicle Fig. 152 C , the zone analysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cm and around 60 cm to the sides.

Screen display

The image displayed represents the super- vised zones in several segments. As the vehi- cle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the vehicle displayed A or B . When the penultimate segment is dis-

played, this means that the vehicle has reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle!

Distance from the vehicle to the obstacle

Audible warning

Displayed in col- our on the screen: colour of the seg- ment if an obsta- cle is recognised

behind: approx. 31-150 cm

beeping sound

Yellow

behind: approx. 0-30 cm

perma- nent

sound Red

WARNING

Do not be distracted from traffic to look at the screen.

Note

SEAT recommends practising using the parking distance warning system in a traffic- free zone or in a car park to familiarise your- self with the system and its operation.

Visualisation of the recorded area by the sensors on the screen may last take up to 5 seconds.

Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS)

Control lamp

It lights up

Possible cause

This cruise control system maintains the set speed of the vehicle.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps. 155

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Cruise control operation

Read the additional information carefully page 24

The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in- dividually maintain the set speed when driv- ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).

The CCS only slows down by reducing the ac- celerator but not by braking .

Travelling down hills with the CCS

When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle down using the brake pedal and reduce gears if required.

Automatic off

The cruise control system (CCS) is switched off automatically or temporarily:

If the system detects a fault that could af- fect the working order of the CCS.

If you increase the stored speed by press- ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time.

if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.

If the gear is changed with the manual gearbox.

If the airbag is triggered.

WARNING

Use of the cruise control could cause acci- dents and severe injuries if it is not possible to drive at a constant speed maintaining the safety distance.

Do not use the cruise control in heavy traf- fic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is insufficient, on steep roads, with several bends or in slippery circumstances (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.

Never use the CCS when driving off-road or on unpaved roads.

Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.

To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise control system, turn it off every time you fin- ish using it.

It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing road, traffic or weather conditions.

When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends to accelerate under its own weight. Select a lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the vehicle.

Safety Assist* (City Safety As- sist function)

Introduction

The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations at a distance of about 10 metres in front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap- proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).

When the system detects a possible collision with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares for a possible emergency braking .

If the driver does not react to an imminent collision, the system can automatically brake the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced with a possible collision. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an acci- dent.

If the City Safety Assist function determines that the driver has braked insufficiently when faced with an imminent collision, the system can increase the brake force in order to re- duce speed. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.

WARNING

The smart technology in the City Safety As- sist system cannot change the limits imposed by the laws of physics and by the system it- self. The increased convenience offered by the City Safety Assist system should never prompt you to take risks. The driver always

156

Driver assistance systems

assumes the responsibility of braking in time.

The City Safety Assist function cannot pre- vent accidents or serious injury by itself.

The City Safety Assist system may carry out unwanted brake interventions in complex driving situations e.g. when a vehicle crosses at a short distance.

WARNING

Relying on the City Safety Assist system in city driving as part of one's driving behaviour may cause accidents and serious injury. The system is not a replacement for driver aware- ness.

Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.

The City Safety Assist function does not re- act to people, animals or vehicles that cross or move in the opposite direction in the same lane.

If after switching on the City Safety Assist function the vehicle begins to move, slow the vehicle with the foot brake.

CAUTION

If you suspect that the City Safety Assist la- ser feature is damaged, disconnect it. This will avoid additional damage.

Any repair of the laser sensor requires spe- cialised skills. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Note

If the City Safety Assist function activates a brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. This makes the brake pedal seem harder.

Automatic brake intervention by the City Safety Assist function can be cancelled by pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator pedal or by a corrective intervention.

During automatic braking by the City Safety Assist function you may hear unusual noises. This is normal and is produced in the brake system.

Warning and control lamp

The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is switched on. No special indication is produced.

If the City Safety Assist function is switched off or on, or if there is an error in the system, it will be shown by a control lamp on the in- strument panel display.

It lights up

The City Safety Assist function has been switched on manual- ly using the button Fig. 155.

The control lamp turns off after about 5 seconds.

Flashes

Fast: The City Safety Assist system func- tion brakes automat- ically or has braked automatically.

Control lamp turns off automati- cally.

Slow: City Safety As- sist function is not currently available.

If the vehicle is stopped, switch off the engine and switch it on again. If necessary, inspect the laser sensor (dirt, frost) . If it still does not function, refer to a Specialised workshop to have the system inspected.

Flashes

Within the operating area of 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph): The City Safety Assist func- tion has been switched off manual- ly using the button Fig. 155.

Switch on the City Safety Assist function manually using the button Fig. 155.

Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is

157

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

being verified. They will switch off after a few seconds.

WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.

Never ignore the warning lamps.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.

Laser sensor

Fig. 153 In the windscreen: laser sensor for the City Safety Assist function.

Fig. 154 Laser sensor detection area

A laser sensor on the windscreen Fig. 153 allows the system to detect driving situations in front of the vehicle.

Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis- tance of about 10 m.

WARNING

The laser beam on the laser sensor can lead to serious eye injuries.

Never focus optical devices, e.g. a camera, a microscope or a magnifying glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor.

Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist system is switch- ed off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the human eye.

CAUTION

If the windscreen is dirty or frosted in the area of the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain, mist

or snow, as a result the City Safety Assist system may fail to operate.

Always keep the laser sensor area free of dirt and frost.

Use a small brush to remove snow and a de-icer spray to remove ice.

CAUTION

A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor area may cause the City Safety Assist func- tion to fail to operate.

Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones in the laser sen- sor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted (e.g. in the case of damage suffered in an im- pact from a stone).

When replacing the windscreen wipers, on- ly use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT.

Do not paint the laser sensor area on the windscreen, or cover it with adhesives or oth- er materials.

158

Driver assistance systems

Function

Fig. 155 In the lower part of the centre con- sole: Button for the City Safety Assist func- tion.

Switching on and off the City Safety Assist function

Press the Fig. 155 button on the centre console.

When the City Safety Assist function is switched on, the control lamp lights up on the dash panel within the operational range, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).

Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations

Switching off the City Safety Assist function is recommended in the following situations :

While the vehicle is being towed.

If the vehicle has been taken to an auto- matic car wash.

If the vehicle is above a test bed.

If the laser sensor is defective.

After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision.

When driving off road (overhanging branch- es).

If objects are protruding above the bonnet, e.g. a load carried on the roof that signifi- cantly protrudes over the front.

If the windscreen is damaged in the laser sensor area.

WARNING

Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situations may result in accidents and serious injury.

Switch off the City Safety Assist function in critical situations.

Special driving situations

Fig. 156 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: A motorcy- clist driving ahead out of range of the laser sensor

Fig. 157 Other vehicles changing lanes

159

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

The City Safety Assist function is limited by the laws of physics and by the nature of the system itself. For this reason, this may pro- duce reactions from the City Safety Assist system in certain circumstances that are late or unexpected by the driver. For this reason, always pay due attention and if necessary, in- tervene.

For example, the following driving situations require special attention:

Driving through a bend

When entering or leaving a long bend, the vehicle may decelerate when the laser sensor detects a vehicle travelling in the adjoining lane Fig. 156 A. To interrupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.

Narrow vehicles in front

The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehi- cles in front if they are in the sensor detec- tion zone Fig. 156 B. This applies especial- ly to narrow vehicles such as motorbikes.

Other vehicles changing lanes

Vehicles moving into your lane in close prox- imity can cause unexpected braking from the City Safety Assist system Fig. 157. To inter- rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.

Possible malfunction to the laser sensor

If the laser sensor operation function is im- paired, for example due to heavy rain, mist, snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system function is temporarily disconnected. On the instrument panel display the control lamp flashes.

When the malfunction in the laser sensor has been rectified, the availability of the City Safety Assist system function is automatically restored. The control lamp switches off.

The following conditions could prevent the City Safety Assist system from functioning:

Tight bends.

Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor.

If the City Safety Assist system is switched off or there is a fault page 157.

If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or over- heated page 158.

In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog.

If there are vehicles in front.

Vehicles changing lanes.

Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in the same lane.

Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re- flection.

Presence of thick dust.

Hill driving assistant*

Operation

This function is only included in vehicles with ESC.

The hill driving assistant helps the driver to move off and upward on a hill when the vehi- cle is stationary.

The system maintains brake pressure for ap- proximately two seconds after the driver takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from lurching backward when it is started. During these 2 seconds, the driver has enough time to release the clutch pedal and accelerate without the vehicle moving and without having to use the handbrake, making start-up easier, more comfortable and safer.

These are the basic operation conditions:

being on a ramp or hill/slope,

doors closed,

vehicle completely stationary,

engine running and foot on the brake,

besides having a gear engaged or being in neutral for manual gear change and with the selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehi- cles with an automatic gearbox.

This system is also active when reversing up- hill.

160

Driver assistance systems

WARNING

If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.

If the engine stalls, depress the brake ped- al or use the hand brake immediately.

When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal down for a few seconds before starting off.

Note

The Official Service or a specialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is equipped with this system.

Start-Stop System

Control lamps

It lights up

The Start-Stop system is enabled.

It lights up

The Start-Stop sys- tem is enabled but the engine cannot be automatically stopped.

Contact a specialised workshop.

It lights up

The Start-Stop sys- tem cannot start the engine.

Start the engine by hand using the vehicle's key page 135.

There is a fault in the alternator.

page 196

Flashes

The Start-Stop sys- tem is not available.

Contact a specialised workshop.

Some warning and control lamps will light up briefly when the ignition is switched on to check certain functions. They will switch off after a few seconds.

WARNING

Observe the safety warnings in On the instrument panel on page 26.

Start-Stop system

Fig. 158 At the top of the centre console: Start-Stop system button

With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en- gine is automatically stopped when the vehi- cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto- matically as required.

This function remains enabled while the igni- tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis- play shows information on the current status page 161.

Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand whenever crossing water.

Vehicles with a manual gearbox

When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neutral and release the clutch pedal. The en- gine will stop.

To restart, simply engage the clutch.

161

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Operation

Vehicles with an automatic gearbox

When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress the brake or keep it pressed down. The en- gine switches off.

The engine will start again as soon as you release the brake pedal.

With the selector lever set to position N, the engine will not start until a range of gears is selected or the accelerator pedal is de- pressed.

Important conditions for the engine to stop automatically

The driver's seat belt must be fastened.

The driver door must be closed.

The bonnet must be closed.

The engine must have reached a minimum temperature.

The vehicle must have moved since the last time the engine was stopped.

The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged.

The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.

The vehicle must not be on a very steep slope.

Conditions for the engine to restart automat- ically

The engine can be automatically restarted in the following cases:

If the vehicle starts to moves.

If the battery voltage drops.

Conditions requiring engine start-up using the key

The engine has to be manually started in the following cases:

If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.

If the driver door is opened.

If the bonnet is opened.

Switching the Start-Stop system on and off

Press the button situated in the centre console Fig. 158.

The button will light up when the Start-Stop system is switched off.

The engine will start immediately if the vehi- cle is in Stop mode when the system is switched off by hand.

WARNING

The smart technology included in the hill hold cannot change the laws of physics. Do not let the extra convenience afforded by the

hill hold tempt you into taking any risks when driving.

Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury.

The hill hold is not a replacement for driver awareness.

Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- bility, weather, road and traffic conditions.

The hill hold cannot always keep the vehi- cle at a standstill on a slope or brake suffi- ciently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slip- pery or frozen surfaces).

WARNING

The brake servo and the electromechanical steering do not work when the engine is switched off.

The vehicle must never be allowed to move with the engine switched off.

Disconnect the Start-Stop system before working in the engine compartment.

CAUTION

The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the vehicle is used for long periods at very high outside temperatures.

Note

In some cases, it may be necessary to start the engine by hand using the key. Refer to

162

Towing bracket device

the corresponding control lamp on the instru- ment panel.

Towing bracket device

Driving with a trailer

Information on driving with a trailer

The vehicle is not certified for trailer cou- pling. The vehicle is not factory-equipped with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to ret- rofit it.

WARNING

Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and serious injuries while operating the vehicle.

Never install a towing bracket on the vehi- cle.

The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.

CAUTION

Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and costly damage that are not covered under the SEAT guaran- tee.

163

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Advice

Care and maintenance

Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications

Introduction

WARNING

The use of spare parts and accessories, or in- correctly performed modifications or repairs may result in damage to the vehicle, acci- dents and serious injury.

SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT approved accessories and SEAT origi- nal spare parts. These parts and accessories have been specially tested by SEAT for suita- bility, reliability and safety.

Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop. These work- shops have the necessary tools, diagnostics equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.

Only mount parts with the same specifica- tions as the parts fitted at factory.

Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone cradles over the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment zones.

Only use wheels and tyre combinations which have been approved by SEAT for your vehicle type.

Accessories and spare parts

SEAT recommends you consult an Official Service before purchasing accessories and spare parts or consumables. For example, when fitting accessories at a later date, or when replacing a component. A SEAT Official Service will advise you as to the legal require- ments and manufacturer's recommendations regarding accessories, spare parts and other components.

SEAT recommend you use only approved SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare parts. These parts and accessories have been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT tech- nical services will guarantee that assembly is performed professionally.

Although we continually monitor the market, SEAT cannot guarantee that products not ap- proved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suitable for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised by an officially recognised technical inspection office or other official body.

Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct effect on vehicle control must be approved by

SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark (the European Union's authorisation symbol). This includes cruise control systems or electronically controlled suspension.

If any additional electrical devices are fitted which do not serve to control the vehicle it- self, these must bear the mark (European Union manufacturer conformity declaration). This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or ventilator fans.

WARNING

Unprofessional repairs or modifications to the vehicle may affect the performance of the airbags, and may cause operating faults or fa- tal accidents.

Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone cradles over or next to the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment zones.

Objects placed over the airbag covers, or within their deployment zones, could lead to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are triggered.

Service fluids and components

All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine oils, spark plugs and batteries are continual- ly being developed. Therefore all fluids and

164

Care and maintenance

consumables should be changed at a speci- alised workshop. Technical services are per- manently informed of any modifications.

WARNING

The incorrect use or handling of fluids or con- sumables may result in accident, serious in- jury, burns or intoxication.

Therefore, fluids must always be stored closed in their original container.

Never store fluids in empty food containers or bottles as other people may accidentally drink the fluid.

Keep all fluids and consumables out of reach of children.

Read and observe the information and warnings given on the fluid containers.

Only work in the open air or in well-ventila- ted zones, when using products which give off harmful vapours.

Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- tone or any other volatile liquid in the main- tenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable. They could lead to fire or explosions!

CAUTION

Only use appropriate fluids. Do not confuse fluids as this can cause serious malfunctions or engine damage.

Accessories and other components moun- ted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling

effect of the coolant. If the engine is running under great strain in high outside tempera- tures, it could overheat.

For the sake of the environment

Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of them in accordance with legis- lation and with respect for the environment.

Repairs and technical changes

When performing repairs and technical mod- ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- served!

Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec- tronic components are linked together in net- works, other indirect systems may be affec- ted by the faults. This may significantly affect the vehicle's performance, increase compo- nent wear and could mean that the vehicle registration documents are no longer valid.

Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia- ble for any damage caused by technical mod- ifications or repairs performed incorrectly.

The SEAT Official Service does not accept lia- bility for damage resulting from technical modifications or repairs performed incorrect-

ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these cases.

SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT Official Service and that you use genuine SEAT spare parts.

Vehicles with special accessories and equip- ment

The manufacturers of additional equipment guarantee that the equipment complies with applicable laws and regulations with respect to the environment, in particular Directives 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc- tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehi- cles while the second refers to the restric- tions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations.

The vehicle owner should keep the documen- tation for the additional equipment safely and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that any additional equipment mounted in end-of- life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re- spect for the environment.

WARNING

Repairs or modifications which are not per- formed correctly may result in damage or er- rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- fectiveness of the driver assist systems. This could result in serious accident.

165

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed by a specialised workshop.

Repairs and malfunctions in the air- bag system

When performing repairs and technical mod- ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- served!

Modifications and repairs to the front bump- er, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof or chassis should only be carried out in a specialised workshop. These components may contain parts or sensors belonging to the airbag system.

If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag system may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all.

So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regu- lations must be observed. These require- ments are known to specialised workshops.

Modifications to the vehicle suspension may affect the operation of the airbag system in the event of collision. For example, if wheel

and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered, the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are modified, the results received by the airbag sensors and sent to the control unit may not be accurate. For example, some modifica- tions to the suspension could increase the force measured by the sensors and result in the triggering of the airbag systems in colli- sions. Under normal conditions, the meas- ured values would be lower and the airbag would not have been triggered. Other modifi- cations may reduce the forces measured by the sensors and prevent the airbags from be- ing triggered when they should.

WARNING

Repairs or modifications which are not per- formed correctly may result in damage or er- rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- fectiveness of the airbag systems. This could result in serious or fatal accidents.

All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed by a specialised workshop.

Airbag modules must never be repaired: if damaged, they must be replaced.

Never fit recycled or reused airbag compo- nents in your vehicle.

WARNING

Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in- cluding the use of unauthorised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the perform- ance of the airbags and increase the risk of serious or fatal injury in the event of acci- dent.

Never fit suspension components which are not identical to the original parts in the vehi- cle.

Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT.

Retrofitting of mobile phones

An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle.

The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap- pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap- proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain circumstances, this could mean that your ve- hicle registration documents are no longer valid.

SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with two-way radios providing the following condi- tions are observed:

The exterior aerial must be mounted pro- fessionally.

The maximum transmitting power is 10 watts.

166

Care and maintenance

The optimal reach of the equipment is only achieved with an external aerial.

Check first with a specialised workshop that understands the technical possibilities of in- stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- nical service.

All legal requirements, together with the in- structions for the use of two-way radios must be observed.

WARNING

If the two-way radio is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.

While driving, two-way radios must be se- curely fastened in position, outside the air- bags deployment zones, or safely stowed away.

WARNING

When using a two-way radio without a con- nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation may be exceeded. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.

You should only use a two-way radio inside the vehicle if it has first been correctly con- nected to an exterior aerial.

Information stored by the control units

Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser- ies of electronic control units responsible for the engine and gearbox management. In ad- dition, the control units supervise the per- formance of the exhaust gas system and the airbag systems.

Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, these electronic control units are continuous- ly analysing the vehicle data. In the event of faults or deviations from the theoretical val- ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the warning lamps on the instrument panel light up in the event of faults.

This data can only be read and analysed us- ing special equipment.

The storing of the data allows specialised workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored data may include:

Data relating to the engine or the gearbox

Speed

Direction of travel

Braking force

Detection of seat belt

The vehicle control units never record conver- sations held by passengers in the vehicle.

In vehicles equipped with an emergency call function via the mobile phone or other appli-

ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible to send the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag activa- tion, the system may automatically send a signal. This will depend on the network oper- ator. Normally, transmission is only possible in areas with good coverage.

Event Data Recorder

The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re- corder.

An event data recorder temporarily stores the vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed information about how the accident occur- red. Vehicles with airbag systems can store data relating to impact speed, seat belt sta- tus, seat positions and airbag activation times may be stored, etc. The volume of data depends on the manufacturer.

Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation.

Reprogramming control units

On the whole, all the data required for the component management is stored in the con- trol units. The programming of certain con- venience functions, such as the turn signals, individual door opening and instructions on the display can be modified using special

167

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

equipment at the workshop. If the comfort functions are reprogrammed, the information and Instruction Manual descriptions will not coincide with the modified functions. There- fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica- tions be recorded in the section Other work- shop notes in the Maintenance Programme.

The SEAT Official Service must have a record of any modification to the programming.

Reading the vehicle fault memory

There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi- cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem- ory. The fault memory documents errors and deviations from the theoretical values of the electronic control units.

The diagnostics connector is in the driver side footwell area, next to the lever for open- ing the bonnet, below a cover.

The fault memory should only be read and re- set by a specialised workshop.

Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle without connection to an exterior aer- ial

Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio waves also called high-frequency energy, both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci- entific studies state that radio waves exceed- ing certain values may be harmful to the hu-

man body. International committees and au- thorities have established limits and direc- tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi- ation from mobile phones remains within cer- tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev- ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific evidence that wireless telephones are totally safe.

That is why some experts recommend moder- ate use of the mobile telephone, and the ap- pliance of measures to reduce radiation on the human body.

When a mobile phone not connected to an exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation may be greater than if the mobile phone were connected to a built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.

If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands- free device that allows the employment of numerous additional mobile telephone func- tions with compatible Bluetooth technolo- gy, it will comply with the legislation in many countries which only permits the use of mobile phones inside vehicles using a hands-free device.

Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita- ble telephone support or stored safely in the vehicle. If a support is used for the tele- phone, it must be securely fastened to the base plate. The mobile will be secure on the instrument panel and always within reach of the driver only by following these procedures.

Mobile telephone connection with an exter- nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands- free device, via the telephone support or by the Bluetooth connections present in the mobile telephone and the vehicle.

If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re- duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit- ted and the risk to human health. It will also improve the quality of the connection.

If the phone is used inside the vehicle with- out the hands-free system, it will not be se- curely fastened and will not be connected to the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on the support. In addition, some calls may break off and the quality of the connection will be affected.

Mobile telephones should only be used in- side the vehicle if they are connected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an external aerial should you wish to use a mobile telephone inside the vehicle.

Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Blue- tooth SIG, Inc.

WARNING

If the mobile phone is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.

168

Care and maintenance

While driving, the mobile telephone, other equipment including telephone accessories such as telephone supports, notepads and navigators must be correctly secured, away from the airbags deployment zones, or stored in a safe place.

WARNING

When using a mobile telephone or two-way radio without connecting an external aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromag- netic radiation in the vehicle may be excee- ded, thus putting the driver and the rest of the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.

A minimum of 20 centimetres should be kept between mobile phone aerials and artifi- cial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may affect the working of pacemakers.

Do not keep mobile phones in breast pock- ets directly above pacemakers.

Immediately switch off the mobile tele- phone if you suspect any interference with pacemakers or other types of medical equip- ment.

Support points for raising the vehicle

Fig. 159 Front jacking points for raising vehi- cle with lifting platform or jack

Fig. 160 Rear jacking points for raising vehi- cle with lifting platform or jack

Always use the jacking points indicated in the figures Fig. 159 and Fig. 160 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at these points, it could be seriously dam- aged or lead to serious injury .

The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting platforms with lift pads containing fluid.

When raising a vehicle using a platform or jack, a series of precautionary measures are required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lift- ing platform or jack unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to do so safely.

Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack page 72.

WARNING

The improper use of the lifting platform or the jack when raising the vehicle may result in accidents or serious injury.

Before raising the vehicle, please observe the manufacturer's instructions for the plat- form or jack, and the legal requirements, where applicable.

There should not be anyone inside the ve- hicle when it is being raised or once it is in the air.

Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures Fig. 159 and Fig. 160 when rais- ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indicated points, it may fall from the plat- form while the engine or gearbox is being dismounted, for example.

The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned on the platform support plates.

169

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform due to the engine vibrations.

If it is necessary to work underneath the ve- hicle while it is raised, you should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity.

Never climb onto the lifting platform.

Always make sure that the weight of the ve- hicle does not exceed the lifting platform load capacity.

CAUTION

Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles.

Always use an intermediate rubber support to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody. Check that the arms of the lifting platform are able to move with obstruction.

The arms should not come into contact with the side running boards or other parts of the vehicle.

Caring for and cleaning the ve- hicle exterior

Introduction

Regular maintenance and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle. This may also be one of the requirements for acknowl-

edging warranty claims in the event of body- work corrosion or paint defects.

Products suitable for the care of your vehicle are available at any technical service.

WARNING

Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- ous. If car care products are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- tion.

Car care products must always be stored in the original container which should be kept closed.

Observe information provided by the manu- facturer.

To prevent confusion, never store car care products in empty food cans, bottles or other containers.

Keep all care products out of reach of chil- dren.

Harmful vapours may be produced when us- ing car care products. Therefore, care prod- ucts should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air.

Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable.

WARNING

Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- jury.

Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

Only use approved or recommended care products.

CAUTION

Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.

For the sake of the environment

Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In some places, even washing it outside the planned areas is banned.

For the sake of the environment

Where possible, always use products which respect the environment.

For the sake of the environment

The remains of car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary household

170

Care and maintenance

waste. Observe information provided by the manufacturer.

Washing the vehicle

The longer substances such as insects, bird droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, in- dustrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive materials remain on the ve- hicle, the more damage they do to the paint- work. High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the corro- sive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should also be thoroughly washed at regular inter- vals.

Automatic car washes

Always observe the instructions provided at the automatic car wash. The standard pre- cautionary measures prior to entering the car wash should be taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial, etc.), check with the car wash supervisor whether these can enter the car wash .

The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed without problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. However, wear and damage to the paintwork will depend on the type of car wash used.

SEAT recommends the use of car washes without brushes.

To remove traces of wax on windows and to prevent wiper blades from scratching, please observe the following page 172, Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors.

Washing the car by hand

When washing the car by hand, use plenty of water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as well as possible.

Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, glove or brush using only slight pressure. Start at the roof and work downwards. Spe- cial car shampoo should only be used for very persistent dirt.

Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and of- ten.

Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned last. Use a second sponge for this.

WARNING

Sharp components on the vehicle may cause injury.

Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or the interior of the wheel hubs.

WARNING

After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- ing effect will be reduced (and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter) on the brakes.

Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- lations in the process.

CAUTION

The water temperature should not exceed +60 C (+140 F).

To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.

Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to clean away the traces of insects.

Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to use soapy water.

Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and seals could freeze!

CAUTION

To avoid any risk of damage to the vehicle, please check the following points before us- ing an automatic car wash:

171

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Compare the distance between the vehicle wheels and the distance between the guide- rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the wheels and tyres!

Switch off the rain sensor before taking the vehicle to an automatic car wash.

Compare the height and width of your vehi- cle with the available height and width when entering and driving through the car wash.

Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retracta- ble exterior mirrors must not be folded in or out by hand. Always use the electrical power control.

To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, rest the windscreen wipers on the windscreen after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them fall!

Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening unexpectedly while inside the car wash.

Washing the vehicle with a high pres- sure cleaner

When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pres- sure cleaner, always follow the operating in- structions for the equipment. Pay special at- tention to the required pressure of the jet and the distance between the jet and the ve- hicle .

Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, such as rubber hoses or insulating material, and from the parking distance warning sys-

tem sensors. The sensors of the parking dis- tance warning system are situated on the rear bumper .

Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in a direct stream or one that has a rotating jet for forcing off dirt .

WARNING

The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning equipment could result in permanent dam- age, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other materials. This could result in a serious acci- dent.

Ensure there is a suitable distance between the nozzle and the tyres.

Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or so-called dirt blasters. Even at large spray- ing distances and short cleaning times, you may damage the tyres.

WARNING

After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- ing effect will be reduced (and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter) on the brakes.

Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- lations in the process.

CAUTION

The water temperature should not exceed +60 C (+140 F).

To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.

To ensure that the system functions well, the sensors located on the bumper must be kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning with pressure hoses and steam cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A dis- tance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam / hose nozzle must be observed.

Do not use a high pressure cleaner to re- move ice or snow from windows

Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and seals could freeze!

Cleaning windows and exterior mir- rors

Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors

Spray windows and exterior windows with a standard window cleaner containing alcohol.

Dry the windows with a clean chamois leath- er or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for cleaning windows because they are soiled

172

Care and maintenance

with wax deposits which could smear the windows.

Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone depos- its off .

Removing wax residue

Automatic car washes and certain car care products may leave wax deposits on the win- dows. These deposits can only be removed with a special product or cleaning cloths. If wax deposits are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the wax deposits off the windscreen and the rear win- dow with a soft cloth each time after you have washed the vehicle.

A window cleaning detergent which helps to dissolve the wax may be added to the wind- screen washer fluid to prevent the wiper blades from scratching the windscreen. Please ensure you add the cleaning product in the correct proportions. Products for re- moving grease do not eliminate the wax de- posits .

Special cleaning products or window cloths are available at any technical service. To re- move wax deposits, SEAT recommends the following products:

For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer use G 052 184 A1. Pro-

portion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts water) in the windscreen washer reservoir.

All year round: the window clean- er G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in wind- screen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in winter, up to -18 (-0.4F), or 1:4, during the rest of the year.

Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all win- dows and exterior mirrors.

Removing snow

Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and exterior mirrors.

Removing ice

If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one direction only without swinging it. If you pull the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch the window.

WARNING

Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in all directions and increase the risk of acci- dent and serious injury.

Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!

Remove ice and snow from the windows and demist inside and out.

CAUTION

Never mix our cleaning products with other products not recommended by SEAT in the windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer jets.

Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice or snow from the windows and exterior mir- rors. The glass could crack!

The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating el- ements and never clean the inside of the rear window with corrosive or acid products or other similar chemical cleaning products.

Caring for and polishing the vehicle paintwork

Waxing

Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is time to apply a good coat of wax when water no longer forms droplets and rolls off the clean paintwork.

Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the automatic car wash, SEAT recommends pro- tecting the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.

173

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Polishing

Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be brought back by applying wax.

If the polish does not contain wax, a wax product should be applied after polishing.

CAUTION

To prevent damage, car polish or hard wax should not be used on components painted in matt paint, plastic components and the glass headlamp and tail light covers.

Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.

Care and cleaning of chrome and alu- minium wheel rims

Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth to clean anodized surfaces.

If there is a lot of dirt, use a special clean- ing product which does not contain solvents.

Then, polish the chrome and aluminium wheel trims with a smooth dry cloth.

CAUTION

In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims:

Do not clean or polish them in direct sun- light.

Do not clean or polish them in sandy or dusty environments.

Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such as home cream cleaners.

Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, or similar products to clean insect deposits.

Do not polish dirty surfaces.

Do not use products containing solvents.

Do not use hard wax.

CAUTION

Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have been painted additionally. Do not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish.

Cleaning wheels

Cleaning steel wheels

Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a separate sponge.

Any damage to the paint on steel wheels should be touched up before the metal starts to rust.

Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels

Remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels approximately once a fortnight.

Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about once every three months.

It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at regular inter- vals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.

Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheel rims. Car polish or other abrasive agents should not be used for maintaining the rims.

If the protective coating on the paint has been damaged (for example, hit by a stone), it should be repaired immediately.

Caring for rubber seals

The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., re- main flexible, provide a better seal and last longer if they are regularly treated with a product specifically designed for use on rub- ber.

Before applying the product, use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the rubber seals.

174

Care and maintenance

De-icing the door lock cylinder

To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend the use of genuine SEAT spray with lubricat- ing and anti-corrosive properties.

CAUTION

The use of products containing degreasing agents to de-ice the locks may rust the lock cylinder.

Protection of vehicle undercarriage

The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical and mechanical damage. The protective coat on the undercarriage may wear from use while driving. Therefore, SEAT recommends that the protective coating on the undercarriage and on the running gear should be regularly checked, and repaired if necessary.

WARNING

Additional underseal or anti-corrosion prod- ucts could catch fire due to the high tempera- tures reached by the exhaust gas system and other engine components.

Do not apply additional underseal or anti- corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, cat- alytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.

Cleaning the engine compartment

The engine compartment of any motor vehi- cle is a potentially hazardous area page 186.

The engine compartment should only be cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating and consequently electrical components may be damaged. Moreover, water may filter di- rectly into the vehicle interior through the wa- ter chamber .

If the engine compartment is very dirty, al- ways take the vehicle to a specialised work- shop for professional cleaning. SEAT recom- mends taking your car in for technical serv- ice.

Water box

The water box is in the engine compartment, between the windscreen and the engine, and beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in through the water box from outside to the ve- hicle interior via the heating and air condi- tioner.

Leaves and other loose objects should be regularly cleaned away from the water box ei- ther by hand or with a vacuum.

WARNING

When working on the engine or in the engine compartment, there is a risk of injury, burns, accident or fire.

Before starting work, please ensure you are familiar with the required procedure and the safety precautions page 186.

SEAT recommends getting a specialised workshop to do these jobs.

CAUTION

If water is manually poured into the water box (e.g. using a high pressure cleaning appli- ance), this could cause significant damage to the vehicle.

For the sake of the environment

Only wash the engine compartment in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In some places, even washing this compartment outside planned areas for this purpose is banned.

175

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Caring for and cleaning the ve- hicle interior

Introduction

The dye from many items of modern clothing (e.g. dark jeans) is not always colour-fast. Seat upholstery (material and leather), espe- cially when light-coloured, may visibly discol- our if the dye comes out of clothing (even when used correctly). This is not an uphols- tery defect but indicates that the dye in the item of clothing is not sufficiently colour-fast.

WARNING

Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- ous. If car care products are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- tion.

Car care products must always be stored in the original container which should be kept closed.

Observe information provided by the manu- facturer.

To prevent confusion, never store car care products in empty food cans, bottles or other containers.

Keep all care products out of reach of chil- dren.

Harmful vapours may be produced when us- ing car care products. Therefore, care prod-

ucts should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air.

Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable.

WARNING

Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- jury.

Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

Only use approved or recommended care products.

CAUTION

Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.

To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised workshop.

Note

Suitable vehicle care products are available from your technical service.

How to care for the upholstery

To treat and maintain your seat upholstery, keep the following in mind :

Before entering the vehicle, close any Vel- cro fasteners that might snag on the uphols- tery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners may damage the trim or upholstery fabrics.

To prevent damage, avoid direct contact between sharp decorative objects and the upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative ob- jects include zips, rivets and rhinestones on clothing and belts.

From time to time, clean the dust that gath- ers in the perforations, folds and seams so that the surfaces of the seats are not dam- aged by its abrasive effect.

Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid them running and staining the upholstery. This is especially important if the upholstery is light in colour.

CAUTION

If the instructions for upholstery and trim care are not followed, they may deteriorate and discolour.

Note

SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to treat any stains on the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing.

176

Care and maintenance

Cleaning padding and textile covers

Normal cleaning

Before applying cleaning products, please read the instructions for handling and the warnings shown on the container.

The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet should be regularly vacuumed (with vacuum brush).

We recommend that you use a soft sponge or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth for normal clean- ing .

General superficial dirt on upholstery and textile covers can be cleaned with a normal foam cleaning product.

If the upholstery and the material trims are very dirty, we recommend you have them cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.

Cleaning stains

It may be necessary to clean the whole sur- face and not only the stain itself. Especially if the surface has been dirtied through normal use. Otherwise, the stained area may be- come lighter than the rest of the surface after treatment.

Type of stain

Cleaning the vehicle

Water-based stains, e.g. coffee or fruit juice.

Use a sponge and wipe with a solu- tion of water and wool wash. Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.

Persistent stains, e.g. chocolate or make-up.

Apply a washing pastea) directly to the stain and allow it to work. Apply clean water using a sponge or damp cloth to remove the cleaning product deposits. Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.

Grease-based stains, e.g. oil or lipstick.

Apply neutral soap or cleaning pastea) and allow it to work. Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with an absorbent cloth. Then apply clean water. Take care not to soak the upholstery.

a) Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.

CAUTION

Brushes should only be used to clean the mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be damaged if a brush is used.

Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted in the mate- rial when steam is applied.

Never use brushes for cleaning damp mate- rial as they could damage the surface.

Cleaning storage compartments, drinks holders and ashtrays

Fig. 161 In the front part of the centre con- sole: Storage compartment with cup holder.

Fig. 162 Ashtray removed and open with area to stub cigarettes

177

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Cleaning storage compartments and drinks holders

Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.

If this does not provide satisfactory results, we recommend using a special solvent-free plastic cleaning product.

Cleaning the ashtray

Extract the ashtray and empty it.

Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.

Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from the area where cigarettes are stubbed out Fig. 162.

Care and cleaning of plastic parts, wooden trim and the instrument pan- el

Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.

Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the vehicle) and the dash panel with a special solvent-free product for the care and clean- ing of plastic, approved by SEAT .

Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and water solution.

WARNING

Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- tic parts could cause serious injury.

Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- taining solvents.

Cleaning seatbelts

If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor may not work correctly thus preventing the seat belt from operating correctly.

The seat belts should never be removed from the vehicle for cleaning.

Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt .

Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.

Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap and water solution.

Wait until they are completely dry.

Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is completely dry.

WARNING

Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the webbing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehi-

cle should be taken to a Specialised work- shop immediately and the belts should be re- placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive us- ing damaged seat belts and could result in serious injury or loss of life.

Seat belts and their components must nev- er be cleaned with chemical products, nor should they be allowed to come into contact with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob- jects. This could affect the strength of the seat belt webbing.

Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Dampness could damage the belt retractor so that it does not operate correctly.

Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage the buckles and seat belts.

Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself.

Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchorage should also be checked.

178

Care and maintenance

Notes for the user

Introduction

WARNING

Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct care increases the risk of accident and injury.

Observe legal requirements.

Observe the Instruction Manual.

CAUTION

If the vehicle is not properly cared for, dam- age may occur.

Observe legal requirements.

Carry out regular maintenance of the vehi- cle, according to specifications in the Mainte- nance Programme.

Observe the Instruction Manual.

Labels and plates

Fig. 163 Warnings pertaining to the handling of the City Safety Assist system laser sensor function

Some parts in the engine compartment come from the factory with certificates of safety, la- bels or plates containing important informa- tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, for example, on the fuel tank flap, on the pas- senger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the boot.

Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in good condition and are legible.

If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special- ised workshop should attach the information back in the same place.

Certificate of safety

A certificate of safety on the door strut states that all the safety standards and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the month and year of manufacture, together with the chassis number.

Warning of high voltage label

There is a label close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's electrical system.

Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor

There are some warning and information signs on the City Safety Assist system laser sensor Fig. 163.

Using your vehicle in other countries and continents

The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in accordance with the national legislation in force at the time of manufacture.

If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended peri- od of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be observed.

179

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

It may be necessary to fit or remove certain pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain functions. Service work may also be affected. This is particularly true if the vehicle is used in a different climate for an extended period of time.

CAUTION

SEAT does not accept liability for any dam- age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genuine spare parts.

SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle does not comply in part or in full with the le- gal requirements of other countries or conti- nents.

Radio and antenna reception

For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial for radio reception is fitted to the roof of the vehicle.

Note

If electrical equipment such as mobile tele- phones, is used near a roof aerial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.

Notes on SEAT repairs

WARNING

Repairs or modifications which are not per- formed correctly may result in damage or er- rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- fectiveness of the driver assist and airbag systems. This could result in serious acci- dent.

Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a specialised workshop.

Conformity certification

The respective manufacturer hereby declares that the products indicated below comply with basic requirements and the following provisions and important legislation on the date of manufacture of the vehicle, among others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and RSS-Gen Issue 1:

Radio frequency equipment

Electronic gearbox lock.

Vehicle key

Electrical equipment

12 volt power socket

Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles

Collection of end-of-life vehicles

SEAT is already prepared for the moment when you wish to scrap your vehicle and of- fers you an environmentally-friendly solution. An extensive network of used car reception centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will receive a certificate of destruction describing the environmentally friendly scrapping of the vehicle in accordance with applicable legisla- tion.

We will collect the used vehicle free of charge, provided it complies with all national legislation.

Please see your technical service for further information about the collection and scrap- ping of end-of-life vehicles.

Scrapping

The relevant safety requirements must be ob- served when the vehicle or components of the airbag or belt tensioner systems are scrapped. These requirements are known to specialised workshops.

180

Checking and refilling levels

Checking and refilling levels

Fuel

Types of petrol

The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the fuel tank flap, located on the right side of the rear section of the vehicle.

The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con- verter and must only be run on unleaded pet- rol. The petrol must comply with European Standard EN 228 or German standard DIN 51626-1 and must be unleaded. You can re- fuel with a maximum ethanol proportion of 10 % (E10). The types of petrol are differenti- ated by their octane rating (RON).

The following titles appear on the corre- sponding adhesive on the fuel tank flap:

Super unleaded 95 octane or normal 91 oc- tane unleaded petrol

We recommend you use super 95 octane pet- rol. If this is not available: normal 91 octane petrol, with a slight decrease in power.

Super unleaded petrol with a minimum of 95 octanes

You should use super petrol with a minimum of 95 octanes.

If super is not available, in an emergency you may refuel with normal 91 octane petrol. In this case only use moderate engine speeds and a light throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possible.

In all cases, you may use 98 octane petrol.

Petrol additives

The quality of the fuel influences the behav- iour, power and service life of the engine. This is why the petrol you use should carry suitable additives already included by the petrol industry, free of metals. These addi- tives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system clean and prevent deposits from building up in the engine.

If good-quality petrol with metal-free addi- tives is not available or engine problems arise, the necessary additives must be added when refuelling .

Not all petrol additives have been shown to be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol ad- ditives may cause significant damage to the engine and the catalytic converter. Metal ad- ditives should never be used. Metal additives may also be contained in petrol additives for improving anti-detonation ratings or octane ratings .

SEAT recommends genuine Volkswagen Group Fuel Additives for petrol engines. These additives can be bought at SEAT deal-

ers, where information on how to use them can also be obtained.

CAUTION

Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of metal additives. Using them may damage the engine!

Never refuel with fuels containing a large proportion of ethanol (for example, E50, E85). This could damage the fuel system.

Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or fuel containing other metal additives would seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic converter.

Only use fuel additives that have been ap- proved by SEAT. Octane boosting or anti- knock additives may contain metal additives that could seriously damage the engine or the catalytic converter. These additives must not be used.

High engine speed and full throttle can damage the engine when using petrol with an octane rating lower than the correct grade for the engine.

Note

You may use petrol with a high octane num- ber than the one recommended for your en- gine.

181

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

In those countries where unleaded petrol is not available, you may refuel with a fuel with a low lead content.

Natural gas

Natural gas

Natural gas can be compressed or in liquid form, addition to others.

Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of heavy cooling of natural gas. Therefore its volume is considerably reduced compared with compressed natural gas (CNG). In vehi- cles with a natural gas engine, liquefied nat- ural gas cannot be directly refilled, as the gas would expand excessively in the vehicle gas tank.

Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine must only be refuelled using compressed natural gas .

Natural gas quality and consumption

Natural gas is divided into the groups H and L depending on its quality.

Gas type H has a superior heating power and inferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide content than type L. The higher the heating power of the natural gas, the lower the consumption will be.

However, the heating power and the propor- tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc- tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, ve- hicle consumption can also vary when using a single type of gas only.

The engine management automatically adapts to the natural gas used according to its quality. Therefore, different quality gases can be mixed in the tank, without the need for comprehensive draining before applying a different quality gas.

Natural gas and safety

If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a leak :

Stop the vehicle immediately.

Switch the ignition off.

Open the doors to appropriately ventilate the vehicle.

Extinguish cigarettes immediately.

Move away from the vehicle or switch off objects that may cause sparks or a fire.

If you continue to smell gas, do not contin- ue driving!

Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault repaired.

WARNING

Failure to act when you can smell gas in the vehicle or when refuelling can cause serious injuries.

Carry out the necessary operations.

Leave the danger zone.

If necessary, warn the emergency services.

WARNING

The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to explode, resulting in serious injury.

Note

Have the natural gas system checked regular- ly by a specialised workshop, according to the Maintenance Programme.

Filling the tank

Introduction

The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the vehicle.

182

Checking and refilling levels

WARNING

Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious burns and injuries.

Always make sure that you correctly close the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel spillage.

Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable substances that can cause serious burns and injuries.

Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank filler neck when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, ex- plosion and severe injuries.

When refuelling, turn off the engine and turn off the ignition for safety reasons.

Always turn off mobile telephones, radio apparatus and other radio wave emitting equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire.

Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it is absolutely necessary to enter, close the door and touch a metal surface before touch- ing the filler nozzle again. This will prevent the generation of static electricity. Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.

Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga- rettes).

Avoid static electricity and electro-magnet- ic radiation when refuelling.

Observe the safety regulations of the serv- ice station.

Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the lug- gage compartment.

WARNING

For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all in case of an accident and this applies to a full container as well as empty containers. This could lead to explosions, fires and inju- ries.

Observe the following if you exceptionally have to carry fuel in a canister:

Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in- side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for ex- ample, in the luggage compartment. Fill- ing in these circumstances could create an electrostatic charge and spark that could ignite fuel fumes.

Always place the canister on the ground to fill it.

Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the canister as far as possible.

If you are using a metal fuel canister, the nozzle must always touch the canister while it is being filled to avoid static elec- tricity.

Follow the legal requirements for the use, storage and transport of spare fuel canis- ters.

Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing standards, for exam- ple, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.

CAUTION

Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.

Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can cause serious engine and fuel system dam- age; the resulting malfunctions are not cov- ered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine. This applies to even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel. Seek specialist assistance. With the engine running, the composition of the wrong fuel could significantly damage the fuel system and the engine itself.

For the sake of the environment

Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- fessional to dispose of them.

183

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Control lamps and fuel gauge

Fig. 164 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge for petrol

Fig. 165 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge for petrol and natural gas.

The fuel gauge can vary depending on the ve- hicle equipment Fig. 164 or Fig. 165.

It lights up Possible cause / Solution

a)

Fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used (red mark Fig. 164) page 31. Refuel as soon as possible .

a)

The natural gas tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used (red mark Fig. 165) page 31. Refuel as soon as possible .

a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash panel Fig. 164.

Flashes for about 10 sec-

onds

Possible cause / Solution

and the seg-

ments remaininga)

Fuel tank is almost empty. The re- serve tank is being used page 31. Refuel as soon as possible .

a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash panel display.

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

In natural gas engines

While in gear, the fuel level indicator gauge appears in the fuel area with which it is flow-

ing at that time. When the ignition is connec- ted, the gauge first changes for a few sec- onds to the petrol area to show the actual level of this petrol. Then, the gauge moves to the natural gas level. After turning on the en- gine, the gauge changes to the area corre- sponding to the operating mode at that time.

Problem: if the vehicle is left parked for a long time just after refuelling, the gas level indicator does not accurately indicate the same level shown after refuelling when the vehicle is started up again. This is not due to a leak in the system, but to a drop in pres- sure in the gas tank for technical reasons af- ter a cooling phase immediately after refuel- ling.

WARNING

Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could re- sult in the vehicle breaking down in traffic and a serious accident.

If the fuel level is too low then the fuel sup- ply to the engine can become irregular espe- cially on slopes.

If the engine is choked or stalls due to lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the power steering as well as all of the driver as- sistance systems including braking assis- tance will stop working.

Always refuel when there is only one quar- ter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of fuel.

184

Checking and refilling levels

CAUTION

Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehi- cle.

Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex- haust system. This could damage the catalyt- ic converter.

Note

The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel Fig. 164 indicates the side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank flap is located.

Refuelling with petrol

Fig. 166 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in the holder

Read the additional information carefully page 31

Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary heating and keep them off during refuelling.

Refuelling

The correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca- ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap page 181.

If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as the fuel tank is full .

Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the expansion cham- ber and fuel may leak out if the ambient con- ditions are warm.

Vehicles with a natural gas engine

Every 6 months it is necessary to run on pet- rol until the control lamp switches off and then the tank must be refilled. This is neces- sary to ensure the efficient operation of the system and the fuel quality required for run- ning on gas.

WARNING

Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle has switched itself off. The fuel tank may be filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explo- sion and severe injuries.

CAUTION

Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.

For the sake of the environment

Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- fessional to dispose of them.

Refuelling with natural gas

Fig. 167 Tank flap open: gas filler mouth 1 , filler mouth retainer 2

Before refuelling, the engine and the igni- tion, mobile telephone and heating must be switched off separately .

It is also essential to carefully read the in- structions for the natural gas pump.

185

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

The vehicle is equipped for refuelling only with Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) . Re- fuelling with another type of natural gas is not allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) or hydromethane.

Opening the fuel tank cap

The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel tank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth.

Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the central locking button situated on the driv- er door page 97.

Press on the rear area of the flap and open it.

Refuelling

Problem: If the ambient temperature is very high, the natural gas pump protection against overheating disconnects this auto- matically.

Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth Fig. 167 1 .

Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas filler mouth.

The fuel tank will be full when the pump compressor automatically cuts the supply.

If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, press the button on the pump to stop the flow.

Closing the fuel tank cap

Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2

is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces- sary, place it in the filler mouth again.

Insert the plug in the filler mouth.

Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it click into place.

WARNING

Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flam- mable substance. Incorrect handling of the natural gas can cause accidents serious burns and other injuries.

Before refuelling with natural gas, the fill- ing mouth must be correctly engaged. If you can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately.

WARNING

The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to explode, resulting in serious injury.

Note

The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps can differ in the way they are operated. If you are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisa- ble that a member of staff of the service sta- tion performs the refuelling operation.

Noises heard when refuelling are normal and do not indicate the presence of a fault in the system.

The vehicle natural gas system is prepared both for refuelling with a small compressor (slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast re- fuel) in natural gas service stations.

Bonnet

Working in the engine compartment

Read the additional information carefully page 10

Before working in the engine compartment, make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori- zontal and firm ground.

The engine compartment of the vehicle is a hazardous area. Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not fa- miliar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especial- ly if you do not have the necessary instru- ments, liquids and tools ! If required, have any work carried out by a specialised workshop. Negligent work can cause serious injury.

WARNING

If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury.

186

Checking and refilling levels

Never work under the vehicle if it has not been immobilized. If you must work under- neath the vehicle with the wheels in contact with the ground then it should be parked on flat ground, the wheels should be prevented from moving and the key should be removed from the ignition.

If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- dent!. The jack is not intended for this kind of work and its failure could lead to severe inju- ries.

Disconnect the Start-Stop system.

WARNING

The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious injury.

For all type of work, always take the utmost precautions, work carefully and note the gen- eral safety standards in force. Never take per- sonal risks.

Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the necessary operations. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work. Working incorrectly can cause serious inju- ries.

Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart- ment. This may cause serious burns. Always wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of

steam or coolant coming from the engine compartment.

Always allow the engine to cool down be- fore opening the bonnet.

Contact with hot elements of the engine and the exhaust system can cause burns.

Once the engine has cooled, follow the in- structions below before opening the bonnet:

Engage the handbrake and place the gear selector lever in N or the gear stick in neutral.

Remove the key from the ignition.

Keep children away from the engine com- partment and never leave them unsuper- vised.

When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the en- gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious in- jury.

After cooling, carefully and slowly un- screw the cap anticlockwise, gently pressing down on it.

Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth.

When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.

WARNING

The high voltages of the electrical system can give electric shocks as well as causing burns and serious injury and possibly even death!

Never cause short circuits in the electrical system. The battery could explode.

To minimise the risk of electric shock and serious consequences while the engine is running or starting the engine, note the fol- lowing:

Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.

WARNING

In the engine compartment, there are rotat- ing parts that could cause serious injury.

Never place your hands directly on or near the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The ventilator works according to the engine temperature and could start suddenly even when the igni- tion is turned off and the key is removed.

If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with the engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk from rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as well as from the high-voltage ignition system. Al- ways work with the utmost caution.

Always make sure that no parts of your body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and long hair can be trapped by the rotating

187

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

parts of the engine. Before any work, re- move ties and jewellery (necklaces, etc), tie long hair back and tie all items of loose clothing to your body to make sure that they cannot be trapped by engine components.

Take extreme caution when operating the accelerator and remain attentive. The ve- hicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.

Always make sure you have not left any ob- jects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in the engine compartment. If any object is left in the engine compartment, this could cause malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire.

WARNING

Refill liquids and certain materials can catch fire easily in the engine compartment, caus- ing a fire and serious injury!

Never smoke.

Never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.

Never pour service fluids over the engine. These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and cause injuries.

If it is necessary to work on the fuel system or the electrical system, please follow the in- structions below:

Always disconnect the vehicle battery.

Never work close to heaters, heat sources or places exposed to flames or sparks.

Always keep a recently serviced and per- fectly working fire extinguisher close by.

Never cover the engine with additional in- sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of fire!

WARNING

If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could suddenly open while driving leaving the driv- er without visibility. This could result in a se- rious accident.

After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured by the locking mecha- nism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body pan- els.

While driving, if you notice that the bonnet is not correctly closed then stop immediately and close it correctly.

Make sure the bonnet is opened and closed safely (when the engine is off, no smoke is coming from the engine compartment, there is enough space around the car, no people are near, etc.).

CAUTION

When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!

To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only open it when the windscreen wipers are in place against the windscreen.

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms.

For the sake of the environment

Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi- ronment. For this reason you should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil or other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.

Engine oil

Introduction

WARNING

Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause in- jury and serious burns.

Always protect your eyes when handling engine oil.

Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.

188

Checking and refilling levels

Engine oil should only be kept in its origi- nal packaging; the same goes for used oil un- til it is disposed of.

Never store engine oil in empty food con- tainers or bottles as other people may acci- dentally drink it.

Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come into contact with en- gine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.

With the engine running, the engine oil gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin burns. Always wait until the engine has fully cooled.

For the sake of the environment

Similar to the other service liquids, spilled engine oil can be bad for the environment. Collect these liquids in suitable containers and dispose of them while respecting the en- vironment.

Warning and control lamps

Flashes

Engine oil pres- sure too low.

Stop the vehicle! Switch off the engine. Check the engine oil level, and if necessary, refill with page 190. engine oil - If the warning indicator flashes although the oil level is cor- rect, do not continue driving or leave the engine running. Other- wise, the engine could be dam- aged. Seek specialist assistance.

WARNING

Observe the safety warnings in On the instrument panel on page 26.

Engine oil specifications

Replacement engine oil must strictly comply with the specifications.

The correct oil must be used to ensure the correct operation and long service life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil that can generally be used all year round.

Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible . Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in ac- cordance with the corresponding VW stand-

ard ( table on page 189). All oils indicated are synthetic multigrade oils.

Engine oils are being continuously further developed. Technical services are constantly updated with any modifications. SEAT there- fore recommends that you have the engine oil changed by a technical service.

Specifications of engine oil with a service de- pendent on time/distance travelled

44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en- gines

VW 504 00, VW 502 00

Natural gas engine VW 502 00

CAUTION

Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of any other type of oil could cause engine dam- age!

No additives should be used with engine oil. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.

189

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Checking engine oil level and topping up

Fig. 168 Marked engine oil dipstick

Fig. 169 In the engine compartment: Engine oil filler cap.

Read the additional information carefully page 31

Preparations

Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the engine oil reading is correct.

The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump.

Open the bonnet page 186.

The engine oil filler neck can be recognised by the symbol on the cap Fig. 169 and the dipstick by its coloured handle.

Check the engine oil level

Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean cloth.

Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube.

Remove the oil dipstick again and check the engine oil level.

After reading the oil level, replace the dip- stick in the tube completely.

WARNING

Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact with hot engine components. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.

Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened.

This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot en- gine parts when the engine is running.

CAUTION

If the engine oil level is above the area Fig. 168 A do not start the engine. Seek specialist assistance. Otherwise catalytic converter and engine damage may occur.

When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!

For the sake of the environment

The oil level must never be above area A . Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the crankcase breather and escape into the at- mosphere via the exhaust system.

Engine oil consumption

The consumption of engine oil can be differ- ent from one engine to another and can vary during the useful life of the engine.

Depending on how you drive and the condi- tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con- sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the case of new vehicles, the consumption can exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For this reason the engine oil level must be

190

Checking and refilling levels

checked at regular intervals, preferably when filling the tank and before a journey.

When the engine is working hard, for in- stance during sustained high-speed motor- way cruising in summer or when climbing mountain passes, the oil level should pref- erably be kept within area Fig. 168 A .

Topping up engine oil

Read the additional information carefully page 31.

The engine oil must be changed regularly ac- cording to the specifications of the Mainte- nance Programme.

Due to the problems linked with disposing of used oil and the need for suitable tools and special knowledge, always visit a specialised workshop to have the engine oil and filter changed. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Detailed information on the service intervals is shown in the Maintenance Programme.

Engine oil additives make new oil darker after the engine has been running for a short peri- od. This is normal and does not mean more frequent oil changes are required.

WARNING

Only change the engine oil yourself if you have the specialist knowledge required!

Before opening the bonnet, read and ob- serve the warnings page 186.

Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil may cause burn injuries.

Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, such as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil.

When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help pre- vent oil from running down your arm.

Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into contact with engine oil.

Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be stored in a safe place out of the reach of chil- dren.

CAUTION

No additives should be used with engine oil. This could result in engine damage. Any dam- age caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.

For the sake of the environment

Before changing the engine oil, find a suita- ble location or service for proper disposal.

For the sake of the environment

Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost respect for the environment. Never dispose of

used engine oil in places such as a garden, woods, drains, roads, paths, rivers and drain- age systems.

Engine coolant

Introduction

WARNING

Engine coolant is toxic!

Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in a safe place.

Never store engine coolant in empty food containers or bottles as other people may ac- cidentally drink it.

Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children.

Ensure that the proportion of engine cool- ant additive corresponds to the lowest out- side temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.

If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants without warm clothing could freeze.

For the sake of the environment

Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. If any fluids are spilled, they

191

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

should be collected and correctly disposed of, with respect to the environment.

Coolant warning lamp

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

It lights up red

Excessive engine coolant temperature.

Stop the vehicle! Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Switch off the en- gine and let it cool.

Insufficient engine coolant level.

Stop the vehicle! Check the engine coolant when the engine has cooled and, if it is low, refill with en- gine coolant page 192.

Engine coolant sys- tem faulty.

Do not drive any further. Obtain professional assis- tance.

Flashes red

Engine coolant sys- tem faulty.

Seek specialist assistance.

It lights up blue

The temperature of the natural gas en- gine coolant is too low. The engine has not reached the oper- ating temperature.

Avoid high engine speeds and pushing the engine too hard while the warning lamp re- mains lit.

WARNING

Observe the safety warnings in On the instrument panel on page 26.

Checking the coolant level and top- ping up

Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: Marking on coolant expansion tank

Fig. 171 In the engine compartment: Coolant expansion tank cap

Read the additional information carefully page 32

If the coolant level is low, the coolant warn- ing indicator will light.

Preparations

Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ground.

Allow the engine to cool .

Open the bonnet page 186.

The coolant expansion tank is easily recog- nisable because of the symbol on the cap Fig. 171.

Checking the engine coolant level

When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking on the expan- sion tank Fig. 170.

192

Checking and refilling levels

If the level is below the MIN mark, top up with coolant. When the engine is hot it may be slightly above the marked area.

Topping up the engine coolant level

Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap.

Remove the cap very carefully .

Only refill using new engine coolant ac- cording to SEAT specifications ( page 32) .

The engine coolant level should be be- tween the marks on the coolant expansion tank Fig. 170. Do not exceed the top level of the marked area .

Screw on the cap tightly.

If, in the event of an emergency, you have no coolant that is compliant to the required specifications ( page 32), do not use another type of additive. Instead, top up with distilled water only . Then re-establish the correct proportion of the mixture with the correct additive as soon as possible page 32.

WARNING

Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.

Never open the coolant expansion tank if steam or coolant is coming from the engine compartment. Wait until you cannot see or hear any steam or coolant escaping.

Always wait until the engine has complete- ly cooled before very carefully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot ele- ments of the engine can cause skin burns.

When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew the cap on the expansion tank when the en- gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious in- jury.

Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an- ti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it.

Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth.

When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol can catch fire.

WARNING

If there is not enough anti-freeze in the cool- ant system, the engine may fail leading to se- rious damage.

Please make sure that the percentage of additive is correct with respect to the lowest expected ambient temperature in the zone in which the vehicle is to be used.

When the outside temperature is very low, the coolant could freeze and the vehicle would be immobilised. In this case, the heat- ing would not work either and inadequately dressed passengers could die of cold.

CAUTION

If there is no appropriate coolant liquid available, fill it using distilled water, and nothing else. Any other type of water may lead to considerable rusting in the engine due to its chemical components. This could consequently damage the engine. If you have not used distilled water but another type of water to top up the coolant, a specialised workshop must immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system.

Only top up coolant to the top level of the marked area Fig. 170. Otherwise the ex- cess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the engine is hot, causing dam- age.

If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down completely before adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an indication of leaks in the engine cooling sys- tem. Have the engine cooling system inspec- ted immediately by a specialised workshop. Otherwise engine damage may occur.

When refilling service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Mak- ing a mistake when refilling could cause seri- ous malfunctions and damage the engine!

193

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

CAUTION

The original additives should never be mixed with coolants which are not approved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing severe damage to the engine and the engine cooling system.

If the fluid in the expansion tank is not pur- ple but is, for example, brown, this indicates that the G13 additive has been mixed with an inadequate coolant. The coolant must be changed as soon as possible if this is the case! This could result in serious faults and engine damage.

Brake fluid

Checking the brake fluid level

Read the additional information carefully page 33

In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs water from the ambient air. If there is too much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys- tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil- ing point of the brake fluid is significantly lowered. When the brake fluid contains too much water and the brakes are subject to considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour can form in the system. These bubbles can significantly reduce braking power, notably increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the brake system.

Ensuring that the brake system is always functioning correctly is essential for your own safety and the safety of other road users .

Brake fluid specifications

SEAT have developed a special brake fluid optimised for the brake systems of their vehi- cles. To ensure the optimum working of the brake system, SEAT recommends the use of brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14 standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for different rea- sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 .

Brake fluids conforming to the standard VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. However, fluids that comply with the Ameri- can FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the Ger- man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. Always check the information on the brake fluid container and ensure that you are using suitable brake fluid.

A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from SEAT dealerships.

Brake fluid level

The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX marks, or above the MIN mark .

It is not always possible to check the level of the brake fluid, as in some models the en- gine components make it difficult to see the brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.

The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used due to wear of the brake pads and the automatic readjustment of the brake.

Changing the brake fluid

The brake fluid should be changed in accord- ance with the instructions given in the Main- tenance Programme. Have the brake fluid changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service. This means that only brake fluid complying with the required specifications will be used.

WARNING

If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita- ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake system may fail or braking power may be reduced.

Check the brake system and the brake fluid level regularly!

194

Checking and refilling levels

The brake fluid should be changed regular- ly in accordance with the instructions given in the Maintenance Programme.

Always ensure that you use suitable brake fluid. Only used brake fluid that conforms to the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. Other types of brake fluid could af- fect brake operation and reduce braking pow- er. Do not use a brake fluid if the container does not specify compliance with the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.

The replacement brake fluid must be new.

Brake fluid should be stored in the closed original container in a safe place out of reach of children. Risk of poisoning!

If the brake fluid is left in the system for too long and the brakes are subjected to heavy use, vapour bubbles may form in the brake system. This would seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the vehicle. This may cause an accident.

CAUTION

Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork immediately.

For the sake of the environment

Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.

Windscreen washer reservoir

Checking and topping up the wind- screen washer reservoir with water

Read the additional information carefully page 33

Check the water level in the windscreen washer reservoir regularly and top up as re- quired.

Open the bonnet page 186.

The washer reservoir is marked with the symbol on the lid.

Check there is enough water in the reser- voir.

To top up, mix water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT . Please follow the instructions for use found on the packag- ing.

In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent the water from freezing.

Reservoir capacity

The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres.

WARNING

If the water from the windscreen washer does not contain enough anti-freeze, it may freeze

on the windscreen and rear window, reducing forward and rear visibility.

In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.

In cold conditions, you should not use the windscreen wiper system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.

WARNING

Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other similar additives with the windscreen washer water. A greasy layer may be formed on the windscreen which will impair visibility.

Use clean water with a window cleaner rec- ommended by SEAT.

If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to the water in the reservoir.

CAUTION

Do not mix cleaning products recommen- ded by SEAT with other products. This could lead to flocculation and may block the wind- screen washer jets.

When topping up service fluids, make abso- lutely certain that you fill the fluids into the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!

195

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Vehicle battery

Introduction

Read the additional information carefully page 33.

The battery is a component of the vehicle's electrical system.

Never work on the electrical system without fully understanding the operations required, the applicable safety standards and without the correct tools ! If required, have any work carried out by a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- nical service. Negligent work can cause seri- ous injury.

Location of the vehicle battery

The battery is located in the engine compart- ment.

Explanation of the warning indications on the vehicle's battery

Symbol Meaning

Wear eye protection!

Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Always wear protective gloves and eye protection!

Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited.

Symbol Meaning

A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- leased when the battery is under charge.

Keep children away from acid and batter- ies!

WARNING

Working on the vehicle battery and the elec- trical system can cause corrosion, fire and electric shocks. Always read and take into ac- count the following warnings and safety standards before carrying out any work:

Before working on the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and all electrical de- vices then disconnect the negative connec- tion on the battery.

Keep children away from acid and the bat- tery itself!

Wear eye protection.

Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms and face.

Do not smoke and never work close to pla- ces exposed to flames or sparks.

Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when working with cables and electrical devi- ces.

Never short the battery terminals.

Never use a damaged battery. It can ex- plode. Replace a damaged battery immedi- ately.

Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as soon as possible. A flat battery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0 C (+32 F).

CAUTION

Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.

Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time, as the intense ul- traviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.

If the car is left standing for long periods, protect the battery from extreme cold temper- ature so that it does not freeze up and be- come damaged.

Warning lamp

It lights up

Faulty generator.

Contact a specialised workshop. Have the electrical system checked. Disconnect any unnecessary elec- trical devices. The generator does not charge the battery while the ve- hicle is in motion.

196

Checking and refilling levels

Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.

WARNING

Observe the safety warnings in On the instrument panel on page 26.

Checking the electrolyte level of the vehicle battery

Fig. 172 In the engine compartment: Remove the cover from the vehicle's battery.

The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries. Other batteries do not require maintenance.

Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batteries. For technical

reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these batteries.

Preparations

Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine compartment page 186

Open the bonnet page 186.

Press on the tabs Fig. 172 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and lift the battery cover up.

Checking the battery electrolyte level

Make sure there is sufficient lighting to clearly recognise the colours. Never use flames or shiny objects as a light source.

Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery will change col- our.

Colour in- dicator

Necessary operations

Light yellow or colourless

The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- tery is too low. Have the battery checked and, where applicable, replaced by a specialised workshop.

Black The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- tery is correct.

WARNING

Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions and electric shock.

Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid could spill out of the openings for the release of gases and cause corrosion damage.

Never open the vehicle battery.

If battery acid splashes on you, immediate- ly rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with water for several minutes. Then seek medical care immediately.

If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately.

Charging, replacing and connecting or disconnecting the battery

Charging the battery

The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as batteries us- ing special technology have been installed and they must be charged in a controlled en- vironment . SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Replacing a vehicle battery

The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and has special

197

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

safety features. If the battery must be re- placed, consult a technical service for infor- mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the size and maintenance, performance and safety requirements of the new battery in your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT recommends you have the battery replaced by a technical service.

Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated April 2008 or later.

Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with a special battery. Therefore, this battery must only be replaced by another with the same specifications.

Disconnecting the vehicle's battery

If you must disconnect the battery from the electrical system, please note the following:

Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment.

The vehicle must be unlocked before dis- connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm will be triggered.

First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive .

Connecting the vehicle's battery

Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the engine and all electrical devices.

First reconnect the positive cable and then the negative .

Different control lamps may light up after connecting the battery and switching the ig- nition on. They will be turned off after a short trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h (10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain lit, please visit a specialised workshop to have the vehicle checked.

If the battery has been disconnected for a long time, it is possible that the next service date is not displayed or calculated correctly page 88. Respect the maximum service in- tervals permitted Booklet Maintenance Programme.

Automatic device disconnection

The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto- matically implements a range of measures to prevent the battery from discharging when high demands are made on it:

The idling speed is increased so that the al- ternator provides more electricity.

Where necessary, the power to the most powerful devices is reduced or even com- pletely disconnected.

On starting the engine, the power supply from the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga- rette lighter may be interrupted for a short time.

The on-board management program cannot always prevent the battery from running flat. For example, if the ignition is left on for a long period with the engine off or if the side lights or parking lights are left on while the vehicle is stationary.

Why the battery runs flat:

When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly if the ignition is switched on.

Use of electrical devices with the engine switched off.

WARNING

Incorrectly securing the battery or using the wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire and serious injuries.

Always use only maintenance-free batter- ies, protected to prevent a leak, and whose properties, specifications and size corre- spond to the standard battery.

WARNING

A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- leased when the battery is under charge.

The batteries should be charged in a well- ventilated room only.

Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- peratures close to 0 C (+32 F).

Always replace a battery which has frozen.

198

Wheels and tyres

Battery cables not correctly connected may cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the posi- tive cable and then the negative cable.

CAUTION

Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.

Never plug accessories that supply current, such as solar panels or a battery charger, to the 12-volt power socket or the cigarette lighter. This could damage the vehicle's elec- trical system.

For the sake of the environment

Dispose of the battery in an environment- friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic sub- stances such as sulphuric acid and lead.

For the sake of the environment

Battery acid can contaminate the environ- ment. Collect any spilt service fluids and dis- pose of them correctly.

Wheels and tyres

Tyres

Introduction

SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and wheels is carried out by a specialised work- shop. These workshops have the necessary special tools and replacement parts, trained personnel and facilities for disposing of the old tyres while respecting the environment. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- nical service.

WARNING

The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn or damaged.

Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could make driving more dangerous and result in serious accidents and damage.

All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- ence) and the same tread pattern.

New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in. To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be taken for the first 600 km.

Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure they are maintained at the pressures indica- ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, they could overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.

Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on damaged or worn tyres could result in burst tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced immediate- ly.

Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the type of tyre fitted on your vehicle.

The effectiveness of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the grip of the tyres.

If you notice unusual vibration or if the ve- hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the car immediately and check the tyres and wheels for damage.

To minimise the risk of losing control of the vehicle or causing a serious accident, never undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.

Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are not sure of their previous history. They may be damaged, although the damage is not im- mediately visible.

Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driving, especially at high speeds, re- sulting in serious accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be

199

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

used in an emergency and with extreme cau- tion.

Note

For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of wheel. Please refer to the ve- hicle documentation or ask at a technical service.

Handling tyres and wheels

Fig. 173 Diagram for changing wheels

The tyres of a vehicle are the components which are subjected to most stress and are the most underestimated. Tyres are very im- portant, as the support offered by their nar- row surface is the only point of contact be- tween the vehicle and the road.

The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving style, the care they receive and the correct fitting.

The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and our critical to good road holding and safe han- dling.

Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels

If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.

Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).

Remove any foreign bodies found on the outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they have not passed through the wall of the tyre page 204.

In addition, the instructions for tyre control systems should always be observed.

Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as possible page 204.

Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam- age page 204.

Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the type of tyre fitted on your vehicle page 207.

Do not allow tyres (including the spare wheel) to come into contact with aggressive

substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid .

Lost valve caps should be replaced imme- diately.

Tyres with directional tread pattern

Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread page 207. Al- ways observe the direction of rotation indica- ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran- tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua- planing, excessive noise and wear.

If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or remount it with the correct di- rection of rotation.

Interchanging tyres

To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres the wheels should be changed round from time to time according to the system Fig. 173. The useful life of all the tyres will then be about the same time.

SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a specialised workshop to have the tyres changed.

200

Wheels and tyres

Tyres over 6 years old

Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a result of physical and chemical processes. This may affect their performance. Tyres which are stored for long periods of time without being used, harden and become more fragile than tyres which are in constant use.

SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap- plies to tyres (including the spare wheel) which appear to be in perfect condition on the outside and which have a tread depth within the values stipulated by the Law .

The date of manufacture, part of the tyre identification number (TIN), indicates the age of the tyre () page 207.

Storing tyres

Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards, backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them correctly when you replace them. When removed, the wheels and/or tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref- erably dark location. Do not place tyres mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.

Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt by storing them in suitable bags and standing them on the ground on their tread.

WARNING

Aggressive fluids or substances could result in visible or invisible damage with the conse- quent risks.

Always ensure that tyres do not come into contact with chemical products, oil, grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substan- ces.

WARNING

Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driv- ing, resulting in serious accident or damage.

If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emergency and with ex- treme caution.

For the sake of the environment

Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified personnel according to the laws in the coun- try concerned.

Wheels

The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correct- ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en- sures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly page 72.

For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of wheel.

The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are spe- cially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and are critical to good road holding and safe handling.

Wheel bolts

Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque page 72.

Beadlock wheel rims

Beadlock wheel rims have various compo- nents. These are joined together by special bolts using a special procedure. This ensures good performance, a better seal, improved safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn rims should always be replaced and must on- ly be repaired in a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a technical service .

Wheel rims with bolted trims

Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea- ble trim parts which are attached to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should only be replaced at a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a technical service .

201

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

WARNING

The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could make driving more dangerous and result in serious accidents and damage.

Only wheel rims which have been approved for use with your vehicle should be used.

Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage and replace as required.

WARNING

If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims are not correctly tightened or loos- ened, this could result in serious accident.

Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims.

Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted rims should be carried out at specialised workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service.

Note

A SEAT Service Centre should be consulted to find out whether wheels or tyres of different sizes to those originally fitted by SEAT can be fitted, and to find out about the combinations allowed between the front axle (axle 1) and the rear axle (axle 2).

Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres

New tyres

When tyres are new, drive with extreme caution for the first 600 km, as all tyres need to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run in do not have such good grip or brak- ing capacity .

All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- ence) and the same tread pattern.

The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- cording to the type and make of tyre and the tread pattern.

Replacing tyres

Where possible, always replace both wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front axle or both wheels on the rear axle) .

Only replace used tyres with those author- ised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehi- cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maximum load and speed capacity.

Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they may knock or rub against the chassis or other components, resulting in damage.

WARNING

New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their maximum braking ca- pacity to start with, and therefore need run- ning in.

To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be taken for the first 600 km.

WARNING

There should be adequate space between the tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the vehicle design. If this is not the case, the tyres may rub against parts of the running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst tyres.

The true tyre dimension should not be greater than the dimensions of tyres manu- factured and approved by SEAT and should not rub against parts of the vehicle.

Note

Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions of different types of tyre may vary with respect to the nominal size, or tread patterns may be differ- ent.

Note

If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre dimensions

202

Wheels and tyres

will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre vendor should provide the manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indi- cating that this type of tyre is suitable for your vehicle. This certificate should always be carried with the vehicle.

Tyre pressures

Fig. 174 Position of tyre pressure specifica- tion plate

The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at the factory is shown on a label and is valid for summer and winter tyres. The label

Fig. 174 is located on the driver's door pil- lar.

Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce the life of the tyres considerably and also im- pair the car's handling . It is essential to maintain the correct tyre pressures, especial- ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.

The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before starting a journey.

As a general rule, the pressures given are for cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres- sures are greater.

Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the required pressure. This could result in very low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden blow-outs.

Tyre pressure monitoring system

Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle has not been driven for more than a few kilo- metres at low speeds in the past three hours.

The tyre pressures should be checked regu- larly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al- ways check all tyres, including the spare wheel. Tyre pressures should be checked more often in colder regions, and only when the vehicle has not been driven recently. Al- ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.

Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in the vehicle.

After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that the caps are properly screwed on.

The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel must always be kept at the maximum pres- sure stipulated.

WARNING

If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while driv- ing. This could result in a serious accident.

If the tyre pressure is too low, they could overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.

When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, with the resultant loss of control of the vehicle.

Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of the tyre, affect- ing the vehicle's performance.

Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, at least once a month and before long jour- neys.

Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the vehicle load.

Never deflate excess pressure from hot tyres.

203

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

CAUTION

Take care not to tilt the manometer when placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve may be damaged.

If tyre valves are not protected by caps, or if the caps are not screwed on correctly, they may become damaged. Check that the caps are identical to the standard caps and have been correctly tightened.

For the sake of the environment

Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con- sumption.

Wear indicator depth profile

Fig. 175 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators

Tread depth

Certain driving conditions require a deeper tread, as well as needing the tread to be ap-

proximately the same on the front and rear tyres. This is particularly important when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet roads .

The minimum tread depth required by law in the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indi- cators. Observe legal requirements in each country.

The performance of winter tyres is much re- duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm.

The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- cording to the type and make of tyre and the tread pattern.

Wear indicators on the tyre

The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high Fig. 175 tread wear indicators running across the tread. A number of these indicators are equally spaced around the tyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (e.g. the letters TWI or other symbols) indicate the position of the wear indicators.

Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is worn. They must always be replaced before the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in- dicator.

WARNING

Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of the vehicle with serious consequences.

Tyres must be replaced before the wear in- dicators are at the same level as the tread pattern.

Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, especially on wet surfaces, increasing the risk of aquaplaning.

Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or difficult driving conditions, increasing the braking distance and the risk of skidding.

Tyre damage

Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisible to the naked eye. If you notice unusual vibra- tion or the car pulling to one side, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged .

Slow down immediately if you think you have a damaged wheel.

Check the wheels and tyres for damage.

If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek qualified assistance.

If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest special- ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.

204

Wheels and tyres

Foreign bodies in the tyre

Do not remove foreign bodies if they have penetrated through the tyre wall!

You should obtain professional assistance immediately.

Tyre wear

The wear of tyres depends on a number of factors, for example:

Driving style.

Unbalanced wheels.

Running gear settings.

Driving style: Driving round bends quickly or sudden acceleration or braking speed accel- erates tyre wear. When the driving style is normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the running gear settings checked at a special- ised workshop.

Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, certain circumstan- ces may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibrations in the steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and suspension. In the event of run out, the wheels should be balanced again. When a new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced again.

Running gear settings: an incorrectly posi- tioned running gear increases the wear of tyres and affects your safety while driving. If

tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel align- ment checked at a specialised workshop.

WARNING

If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls to one side while driving, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged.

Reduce speed immediately and stop, while observing the highway code.

Check the wheels and tyres for damage.

Never carry on driving on worn tyres or wheels. Request qualified assistance immedi- ately.

If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest special- ised workshop and have the vehicle checked.

Tyre monitor system*

Fig. 176 Centre console: tyre monitor system button

The tyre control lamp compares wheel revolu- tions and with it, the wheel diameter of each wheel using the ESC. If the diameter of a wheel changes, the tyre control lamp lights up. The wheel diameter changes when:

Tyre pressure is insufficient.

The tyre structure is damaged.

The vehicle is unbalanced because of a load.

The wheels of one axle are under more pressure (for example, driving with a trailer or on steep slopes).

The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.

The temporary spare wheel is fitted.

The wheel on one axle is changed.

Tyre pressure adjustment

On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels, the Fig. 176 button must be kept pressed down, with the ignition on, until an acoustic signal is heard.

If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex- ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load), the tyre pressure must be increased to the recommended value for a full load (see the sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre monitor system button is pressed down, the new tyre pressures are confirmed.

205

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

The tyre pressure control lamp lights up

If the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower than the value set by the driver, then the tyre pressure control lamp will light up.

WARNING

When the tyre pressure control lamp lights up, reduce speed immediately and avoid any sudden turning or braking manoeuvre. Stop when possible, and check the tyre pressure and status.

The driver is responsible for maintaining correct tyre pressures. For this reason, tyre pressure must be regularly checked.

Under certain circumstances (e.g. when driving in a sporty manner, in winter condi- tions or on a dirt track) the tyre control lamp may light up belatedly or may function incor- rectly.

Note

If the battery is disconnected, the yellow warning lamp lights up after turning the ignition on. This should turn off after a brief journey.

Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel*

Fig. 177 In the luggage compartment: hand controlled wheel for securing the spare wheel

Removing the spare wheel

Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com- partment shelf page 123.

If necessary, remove the boot variable floor page 123.

Lift up the carpet from the recess and re- move it from the luggage compartment.

If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit with the container.

Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the spare wheel Fig. 177 by turning it in an anticlockwise direction, and take out the spare wheel.

Storing the replaced wheel

Pull back the carpet.

With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit- uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coin- cides with the opening.

Turn the hand controlled wheel with the shank screwed clockwise until the replaced wheel is secured.

If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the container, inside the boot.

Replace the carpet on the boot floor.

Lower the rear shelf.

Close the rear lid.

If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres

If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle - for example with winter tyres or the temporary spare wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care .

Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possi- ble.

Please observe driving advice:

Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).

Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.

206

Wheels and tyres

Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted page 41.

After mounting the spare wheel or the tem- porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as soon as possible page 203.

It is advisable to check the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at least once a month. The spare wheel should have the highest pressure allowed for the ve- hicle page 203. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the tyre pres- sure.

WARNING

Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can cause loss of ve- hicle control, producing collisions or other serious accidents and injury.

Never use the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the wear indicator.

In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller than the original tyres. This can be seen on a sticker showing the text 80 km/h and 50 mph. This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for this type of tyre.

Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking and taking corners at high speed.

Never drive more than 200 km with a tem- porary spare wheel fitted to the drive axle.

Replace the temporary spare wheel for a normal wheel as soon as possible. The com- pact temporary spare wheel is only intended for temporary use over short distances.

The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory supplied wheel bolts.

You should never use more than one tem- porary spare wheel.

After mounting the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as soon as possible page 203.

Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted.

Note

Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, temporary spare wheel or the replaced wheel safely in the luggage compartment. In vehi- cles with anti-puncture kit, it is not possible to secure the defective wheel.

Tyre code

Fig. 178 Universal code on tyres

Radial

Rim diameter code

Load index & speed rating

DOT tyre identification number

Severe snow conditions

Tyre ply composition and materials used

Max. load rating

Treadwear, traction and temperature grades

Max. permissible inflation pressure

Passenger car tyre

Nominal width of tyre in millimetres

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

207

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Advice

Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

Tyre code (example): Meaning

Make, logotype Manufacturer

Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufac- turer.

P255 / 55 R 18 Size:

P Passenger vehicle code.

255 Nominal width between walls, in mm.

55 Height/width ratio in %

R Tyre type (R indicates "radi- al").

18 Rim diameter in inches

109 H Load index page 209 and speed rating page 209.

XL Reinforced tyres (Reinforced).

M+S or M/S or

Winter tyres code (mud and snow tyres).

RADIAL TUBELESS

Radial tyre without inner tube.

E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with international legislation followed by a number denoting the country granting the authorisation. The au- thorisation number ( several digits) is shown below.

12 Tyre code (example): Meaning

DOT BT RA TY5 1709

Tyre identification number (TINa), may be only on interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:

DOT The tyre complies with the legal requirements of the US Department of Trans- port, responsible for tyre safety regulations.

BT Place of manufacture code.

RA Information about manu- facturer and tyre size.

TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifi- cations.

1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of 2009.

TWI This identifies the position of the Tread Wear Indicator page 204.

Made in Germany

Country of manufacture.

MAX LOAD 615 KG

US load rating, indicating maximum permitted load per tyre.

MAX INFLATION 350 KPA (51 PSI)

US limit, indicating maximum per- mitted tyre pressure.

SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON

Information about tyre wall compo- nents: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).

Tyre code (example): Meaning

TREAD 4 PLIES 1 RAYON + 2 STEEL + 1 NYLON

Information about tread compo- nents: In the example, there are 4 layers below the tread: 1 layer of rayon (ar- tificial silk), 2 layers of steel rein- forcement and 1 layer of nylon.

Information for the end consumer concerning the com- parative values of the established base tyres (standar- dised test procedures) page 179:

TREADWEAR 220 Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to specific US standard test.

TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet sur- face (AA, A, B or C).

TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at high- er test speeds (A, B or C).

If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre manufacturer codes or specific national codes, e.g. for Brazil or China.

a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.

Tyres with directional tread pattern

Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti- mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, grip, noise and wear.

208

Wheels and tyres

If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or remount it with the correct di- rection of rotation.

Tyre load rating

The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry (load capacity).

425 kg

462 kg

487 kg

515 kg

545 kg

615 kg

Speed rating

The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.

max. 150 km/h (93 mph)

max. 160 km/h (99 mph)

max. 170 km/h (106 mph)

max. 180 km/h (112 mph)

max. 190 km/h (118 mph)

max. 200 km/h (124 mph)

max. 210 km/h (130 mph)

78

81

83

85

87

91

P

Q

R

S

T

U

H

max. 240 km/h (149 mph)

max. 240 km/h (149 mph)

max. 270 km/h (168 mph)

max. 300 km/h (186 mph)

Some manufacturers use the letters ZR for tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h.

V

Z

W

Y

209

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Technical data

Technical data

Technical features

Important information

Introduction

The information in the vehicle documentation always takes precedence over the informa- tion in this Instruction Manual.

All technical specifications provided in this documentation are valid for the standard model in Spain. The vehicle data card inclu- ded in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle registration documents shows which engine is installed in the vehicle.

The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fitted, for different models, for special vehicles and for other countries.

Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifi- cations section

kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement.

PS Pferdestrke (horsepower), formerly used to denote engine power.

rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.

Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.

CZ Cetane number, indication of the diesel combustion power.

RON Research octane number, indication of the knock resistance of petrol.

Vehicle identification data

Fig. 179 Vehicle data label.

Fig. 180 Vehicle identification number.

Vehicle identification number

The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen Fig. 180. This viewer is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica- tion number (chassis number) is also stam- ped on the right water drain channel. The wa- ter drain channel is located between the sus- pension tower and the wing. Open the bon- net to read the vehicle identification number .

Vehicle data plate

The vehicle data label Fig. 179 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It contains the following data:

Vehicle identification number (chassis number).

Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type.

1

2

210

Technical features

Engine and gearbox code, paint number, interior equipment.

Optional extras, PR numbers.

These data are also provided in the Mainte- nance Programme.

Specific vehicle weight information

The instructions in the official vehicle docu- ments take precedence. All the technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic model. The vehicle data label in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle documentation shows which engine is instal- led in your vehicle.

The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fitted, for different models and for special vehicles.

Kerb weight values shown in the following ta- ble apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liq- uids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addi- tion to tools and a spare wheel . The kerb weight indicated increases with optional equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing carrying ca- pacity.

The load is equivalent to the following weights:

Passengers.

Total equipment.

3

4

Roof load, included in the carrier.

WARNING

Exceeding the maximum authorised weight and the load on the axles could cause dam- age to the vehicle, accidents and serious in- juries.

The real load on the axles should never ex- ceed the maximum permitted.

The load and its distribution in the vehicle have effects on the vehicle handling and the braking ability. Always drive at a suitable speed.

CAUTION

Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible. When trans- porting heavy objects in the luggage com- partment, these should be placed as far for- ward as possible or over the rear axle to have as little influence on handling as possible.

Fuel consumption

Approved consumption values are derived from measurements performed or supervised by certified EU laboratories, according to the legislation in force at the time (for more infor- mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu- ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: Eu- ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and apply to the specified vehicle characteristics.

The values relating to fuel consumption and CO2 emissions can be found in the documen- tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi- cle at the time of purchase.

Fuel consumption and CO2 emissions depend on the equipment/features of each individual vehicle, as well as on the driving style, road conditions, traffic conditions, environmental conditions, load or number of passengers.

Note

In practice, and considering all the factors mentioned here, consumption values can dif- fer from those calculated in the current Euro- pean regulations.

Wheels

Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel bolts

Tyre pressures

The sticker with the tyre pressure values can be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap. The tyre pressure values are given for cold tyres page 203. The slightly raised pres- sures of warm tyres must not be reduced.

211

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Technical data

Snow chains

Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels.

Consult the section wheels of this manual.

Wheel bolts

After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench . The tightening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.

WARNING

Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking the tyre pressure is very im- portant. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there is an increased danger of accidents - particularly at high speeds.

If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the vehi- cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tight- ening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Note

We recommend that you ask your Technical Service for information about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.

212

Technical features

Engine data

Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

44 (60)/5,000-6,000 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91a) RON

a) Slight power loss.

Performance Manual Ecomotive Start-Stop Ecomotive

Automatic

Top speed (km/h) 160 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 160 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 9.1 9.1 9.4 9.4

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 14.4 14.4 15.3 15.3

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680

Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50

213

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Technical data

Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

55 (75)/6,200 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91a) RON

a) Slight power loss.

Performance Manual Start-Stop Start-Stop Ecomotive

Automatic

Top speed (km/h) 171 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 171 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 8.3 8.3 9.2 9.2

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 13.2 13.2 13.9 13.9

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680

Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50

214

Technical features

Petrol/CNG engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3) Fuel

50 (68)/6,200 90/3,000 3/999 Super 95 RON / Normal 91a) RON

a) Slight power loss.

Performance

Top speed (km/h) 164 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,370

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,031

Gross front axle weight 680

Gross rear axle weight 640

Permitted roof load 50

215

Te ch

ni ca

l d at

a A

dv ic

e O

pe ra

ti on

Em er

ge nc

ie s

S af

et y

Technical data

Dimensions

Fig. 181 Dimensions

Mii 3-door Mii 5-door

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542

C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420

D Length (mm) 3,557

E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,428/1,424

G Width (mm) 1,641 1,645

H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478

Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8

a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.

216

Index

Index

A Abroad

extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . . . 179 sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

ABS see Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Acoustic alarm

seatbelt unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Adjust

front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Adjusting

lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 112 seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Adjusting the head restraints rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Advice for driving spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 206

Airbag covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 59

activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 62 functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 locking the vehicle after deployment . . . . . . . . 95 repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 application tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 water under the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Air conditioning climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 130 malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 climatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166, 180 Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Anti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Anti-puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 72 Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 72

check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Anti-puncture set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Anti-theft security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Aspects to take into account before starting the

vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 ASR

see Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Assistance systems

brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 electronic differential lock (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . 140 optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 154 safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Assist systems traction control (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 traction control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Audible warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Audible warnings control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Automatic device disconnection

battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Automatic dipped beam control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Automatic gearbox

driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 ignition key removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

B Bag support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 BAS

see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Battery

changing in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Belt tension device

service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Belt tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 186

217

Index

Boot hatch emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Brake fluid

specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 running in new brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 142 Brake system

fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Braking

brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Bulb fault

see "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

C Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

windscreen washer liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Capacity

natural gas tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Caring for the vehicle

exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

CCS see cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Central locking system after airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 72

subsequent tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 automatic gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 145 tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Changing the blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Changing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Child safety seat

securing with the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 66

disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 69 mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 on the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 on the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 65 top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 67 weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 seatbelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 textile covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 washing the vehicle with high pressure clean-

ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Cleaning the vehicle high pressure cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

climatronic air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Climatronic air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 AUTO (automatic mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 regulating the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 removing ice from the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

218

Index

Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Clothes hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Coming Home

lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Coming Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118 passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118 sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . 117

Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 control and warning lamps

changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Control and warning lamps

airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 for the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 general view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

indication of brake pad wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 locking the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Control lamp refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Coolant checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Cooling system checking the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 topping up with coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 155 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

D Dangers in not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Diagnostics connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Direction of rotation tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . . 15 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89 Disposal

belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 emergency closing or opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Driving automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 economical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 fuel level too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 through salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Driving abroad headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Driving in winter fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 salt traces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

219

Index

tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Driving tips

for a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

E E10

see Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 EDL

see Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 EDS

see "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Electric

windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Electrical devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 122 Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Electronic immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 emergency towing of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 first aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 replacing a blown fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Emergency closing or opening driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Emergency unlocking

boot hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Emergency unlocking the boot hatch

boot hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Emission control system

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Emissions data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Engine

assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 186 battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 196 brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 194 coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 191 engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 190, 191 windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . 33, 195

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Engine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 188

changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 checking oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Environment environmental compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Environmental ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Environmental tips refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

ESC electronic stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Exterior mirrors

adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Exterior rear view mirrors control of the function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 6

220

Index

F Fabrics: cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Fault

parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 154 Fault memory

connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185 Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 First-aid kit

storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Fluid Level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 62 Front passenger front airbag

control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Front seat manual adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 manually adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Front wiper blades change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 181 natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Fuel gauge control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Fuel tank cap opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Fuel tank flap opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 78 fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

G Gearbox lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 changing gears manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 manual gear change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 putting the vehicle in gear (manual gearbox) 145

Gear engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 General instrument panel

instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 General view

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 118

H Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 106 Head-on collisions and the laws of physics . . . . . 55 Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Headlights

driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Head rest

adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Head restraints

adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Heating and fresh air controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Heating and fresh air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Heating of the rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30 Hill driving assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Hill hold

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 How to jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

I Identifying letters on engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

see "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

removal lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Indications on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 seat belt status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89 general instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

221

Index

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Interior rear vision mirror

anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Interior view

left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

J Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 70, 72

mounting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

K Keys

control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 duplicates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 spare key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 95, 97 vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

L Labels and plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Leaving Home

lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Leaving Home Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 103

audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

control lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 light controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 main beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . . . 104 side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Load compartment in the luggage compartment see Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . 123

Loading general advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 transporting the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 123 driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Loading the vehicle class N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Locking and unlocking in the lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 99, 123 closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . . 126 opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 see also Loading the luggage compartment . 123

Luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Luggage compartment hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Luggage compartment variable floor . . . . . . . . . 126

M Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Main panel

turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Malfunction

automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Malfunction in the air conditioning

operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Malfunction in the operation

catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Manual air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Manual air conditioning

air distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 cooling mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 setting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Mobile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Mobile telephone

use without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

222

Index

Model plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

N Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185 smell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Noises brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

O Octane rating (petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Odometer

partial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Oil properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Open and close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 in the lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 rear lid of the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . 9 tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

P Paintwork

code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 102

anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 141 downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Parking aid system see Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 see also Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 ParkPilot

see Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Passenger door emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 52 Petrol

additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Portable Smartphone base

dismantling and assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Positioning the seatbelt for pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Position the seat belt seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Power brake system Anti-lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Power socket 12 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 175 Puncture

action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Pushing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

R Radio-operated remote control

see Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Radio reception

antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 malfunction in the operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 lift platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Rear headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Rear backrest folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 see also Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Rear view mirrors

adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Rear vision mirror

interior anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30 Rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

223

Index

Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Recycled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 opening fuel tank flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Remote control key unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Removing ice from the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Removing ice from the windscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 180 airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Replacement

parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Replacing bulbs

see "Changing bulbs" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Revolution counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Rims

changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

fastening the supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Running in

brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 new engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

S Safe

driving safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 SAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 137 safety

disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Safety instructions

using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 65 using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Sale of vehicle in other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 vend-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Seat belt adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 56

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Seatbelts cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Seat belts protective function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Seat belt tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Service fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Side airbags

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Smell of gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 212

temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Spare wheel

removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel

advice for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Storage compartment centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

224

Index

Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Switch

hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Switching lights off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Switching lights on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Switching the ignition on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Symbols

see control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

T TC

see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Technical data

axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 windscreen washer liquid amount . . . . . . . . . 195 windshield washer fluid container capacity . . . 31

Technical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical specifications

dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Temperature display

liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 temporary spare wheel

snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Tow-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 75 Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Towing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 75, 135

front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Towline anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Traction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Traction (tyres) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Transporting

driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Transporting children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Transporting items

fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Transporting objects roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 105 Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Tyre mobility set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Tyre Mobility Set inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Tyre Mobility System see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Tyre pressure spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 203

Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 211 Tyre profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tyre repair kit

see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tyres

avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 technical details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 208 tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . 200 valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

225

Index

wheel balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 with compulsory direction of rotation . . . . . . . . 41 with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Tyre tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Tyre wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

U Unfastening the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Unfasten the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Upholstery cleaning textile covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Upholstery: cleaning upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 177

V Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Vehicle

chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 196 acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 assisted starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 automatic device disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . 198 charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 checking the battery electrolyte level . . . . . . . 197 connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 antenna incorporated in window . . . . . . . . . . . 180 chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 cleaning wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 de-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 175 rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Vehicle care products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Vehicle code

vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 70

components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Vibrations steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

W Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 106 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 212

anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 loosening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Wheel rims

beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 201, 211 changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 40 changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . . . 206 storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Wheels and tyres speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Wheel trim hubcaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Wheel trims full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 window wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

226

Index

Windscreen heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 infrared coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 removing the ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 30

Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . . . 75 Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 108 Windscreen washer water

checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 lifting the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 replacing the wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . . . 45

227

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.

All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.

Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.

SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the Copyright Act.

All rights on changes are reserved.

This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.

SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16

About this manual

This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the vehicle at the time this manual was published. Some of the units described herein will not be available until a later date or are only available in cer- tain markets.

Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modied depending on the techni- cal requirements and on the market; this is in no way deceptive advertising.

The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the equipment tted in your vehicle in some details.

The steering indications (left, right, forward, reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- cept when otherwise indicated.

The equipment marked with an aster- isk* is tted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- tional extras for some versions, or are only offered in certain countries.

All registered marks are indicated with . Although the copyright symbol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.

>> The section is continued on the follow- ing page.

Important warnings on a given page

Detailed contents on a given page

General information on a given page

Emergency information on a given page

WARNING

Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- mation on safety. They warn you about possi- ble dangers of accident or injury.

CAUTION

Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle.

For the sake of the environment

Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- vant information concerning environmental protection.

Note

Texts preceded by this symbol contain additio- nal information.

This manual is divided into six large parts, which are:

1. The essentials

2. Safety

3. Emergencies

4. Operation

5. Tips

6. Technical data

At the end of this manual, there is a detailed alphabetical index that will help you quickly nd the information you require.

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Mii Seat works, you can view and download the Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Seat Mii as well as other Seat manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Seat Mii. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Seat Mii Edition 08.16 2016 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.